1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
71 #include "thread-fsm.h"
72 #include "tid-parse.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
106 void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
110 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
112 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
114 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
117 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
118 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
119 enum bptype type_wanted
);
121 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct linespec_result
*,
123 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
124 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
127 int, int, int, unsigned);
129 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
130 const struct event_location
*location
,
131 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
132 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
134 static void clear_command (char *, int);
136 static void catch_command (char *, int);
138 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
140 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
142 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
144 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
146 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
147 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
148 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
150 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
152 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
153 struct symtab_and_line
,
155 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
157 static struct breakpoint
*
158 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
160 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
163 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
165 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
169 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
170 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
171 struct obj_section
*, int);
173 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
174 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
176 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
177 struct address_space
*aspace
,
180 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
181 struct address_space
*,
184 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
186 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
188 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
189 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
191 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
193 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
195 static void commands_command (char *, int);
197 static void condition_command (char *, int);
199 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
200 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
202 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
204 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
206 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
208 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
212 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
214 int *other_type_used
);
216 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
220 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
223 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
232 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
233 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
235 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
237 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
238 insert locations now. */
239 enum ugll_insert_mode
241 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
242 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
243 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
244 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
245 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
246 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
247 returns true on them.
249 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
250 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
251 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
252 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
253 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
254 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
258 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
259 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
262 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
263 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
264 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
265 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
266 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
267 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
268 as no thread is running yet. */
272 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
274 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
276 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
278 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
280 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
282 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
284 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
286 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
288 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
290 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
292 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
294 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
296 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
299 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
301 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
302 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
303 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
304 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
306 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
317 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
319 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
320 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
322 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
323 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
325 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
326 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
327 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
328 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
329 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
330 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
332 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
333 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
334 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
335 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
341 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
343 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
344 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
345 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
346 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
348 static char *dprintf_function
;
350 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
351 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
352 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
353 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
354 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
355 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
356 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
358 static char *dprintf_channel
;
360 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
362 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
364 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
365 breakpoints share a single command list. */
366 struct counted_command_line
368 /* The reference count. */
371 /* The command list. */
372 struct command_line
*commands
;
375 struct command_line
*
376 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
378 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
381 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
382 current breakpoint. */
384 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
387 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
389 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
390 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
392 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
394 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
397 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
398 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
399 if such is available. */
400 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
403 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
404 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
407 fprintf_filtered (file
,
408 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
409 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
413 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
414 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
415 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
416 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
417 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
419 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
420 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
423 fprintf_filtered (file
,
424 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
425 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
430 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
431 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
432 use hardware breakpoints. */
433 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
435 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
436 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
439 fprintf_filtered (file
,
440 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
444 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
445 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
446 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
447 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
448 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
449 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
450 processing user input. */
451 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
454 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
455 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
457 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
461 /* See breakpoint.h. */
464 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
466 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
468 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
469 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
470 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
473 else if (target_has_execution
)
475 struct thread_info
*tp
;
477 if (always_inserted_mode
)
479 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
484 if (threads_are_executing ())
487 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
488 stopped, we still have events to process. */
489 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
491 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
497 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
499 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
500 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
501 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
502 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
503 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
504 condition_evaluation_auto
,
505 condition_evaluation_host
,
506 condition_evaluation_target
,
510 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
511 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
513 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
514 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
515 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
517 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
518 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
519 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
523 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
525 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
527 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
528 return condition_evaluation_target
;
530 return condition_evaluation_host
;
536 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
539 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
541 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
544 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
548 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
550 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
552 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
555 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
557 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
558 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
560 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
561 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
563 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
564 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
566 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
567 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
568 current breakpoint. */
570 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
572 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
573 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
574 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
577 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
578 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
579 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
581 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
582 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
583 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
586 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
587 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
588 to where the loop should start from.
589 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
590 appropriate location to start with. */
592 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
593 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
594 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
596 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
597 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
600 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
602 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
603 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
604 if (is_tracepoint (B))
606 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
608 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
610 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
612 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
614 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
616 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
618 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
619 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
620 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
621 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
622 an address you need to read. */
624 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
626 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
627 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
628 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
629 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
630 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
632 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
634 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
635 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
637 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
639 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
641 static int breakpoint_count
;
643 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
644 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
645 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
646 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
647 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
649 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
651 static int tracepoint_count
;
653 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
654 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
655 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
657 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
660 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
663 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
667 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
674 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
676 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
678 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
681 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
684 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
686 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
687 breakpoint_count
= num
;
688 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
691 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
692 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
693 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
695 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
699 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
701 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
704 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
708 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
710 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
713 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
716 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
718 struct breakpoint
*b
;
724 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
725 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
727 static struct counted_command_line
*
728 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
730 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
733 result
->commands
= commands
;
738 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
741 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
747 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
748 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
749 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
752 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
756 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
758 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
765 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
768 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
770 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
773 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
776 static struct cleanup
*
777 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
779 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
783 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
784 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
787 get_breakpoint (int num
)
789 struct breakpoint
*b
;
792 if (b
->number
== num
)
800 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
801 evaluating conditions on its side. */
804 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
806 struct bp_location
*loc
;
808 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
809 evaluating conditions and if the user has
810 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
812 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
813 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
816 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
819 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
820 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
823 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
824 evaluating conditions on its side. */
827 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
829 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
830 evaluating conditions and if the user has
831 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
833 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
834 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
838 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
841 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
844 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
845 condition_evaluation_mode. */
848 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
849 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
851 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
853 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
854 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
856 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
857 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
858 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
862 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
863 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
865 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
866 settings was "auto". */
867 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
869 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
870 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
872 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
873 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
874 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
876 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
877 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
880 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
882 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
884 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
885 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
889 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
890 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
891 target knows about. */
892 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
893 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
894 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
898 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
904 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
905 what "auto" is translating to. */
908 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
909 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
911 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
912 fprintf_filtered (file
,
913 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
914 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
916 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
918 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
922 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
923 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
924 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
927 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
929 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
930 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
932 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
935 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
938 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
939 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
940 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
943 static struct bp_location
**
944 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
946 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
947 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
948 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
950 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
951 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
952 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
954 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
955 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
956 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
957 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
958 bp_location_compare_addrs
));
960 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
961 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
964 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
965 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
966 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
967 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
974 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
977 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
978 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
980 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
982 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
984 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
988 struct bp_location
*loc
;
990 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
994 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
995 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
996 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1003 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1007 const char *arg
= exp
;
1009 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1010 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1011 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1012 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1014 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1016 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1018 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1020 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1022 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1023 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1027 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1029 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1033 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1034 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1036 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1040 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1042 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1045 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1047 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1048 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1049 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1053 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1054 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1058 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1059 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1063 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1064 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1066 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1069 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1070 len
= strlen (text
);
1076 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1078 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1079 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1085 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1086 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1087 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1090 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1093 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1095 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1100 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1103 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1105 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1108 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1110 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1111 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1112 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1113 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1114 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1116 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1118 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1119 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1120 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1122 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1124 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1125 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1130 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1133 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1134 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1135 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1138 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1140 struct command_line
*c
;
1142 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1146 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1147 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1148 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1150 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1151 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1153 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1154 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1155 command directly. */
1156 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1157 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1159 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1160 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1164 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1167 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1169 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1170 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1171 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1175 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1177 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1180 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1181 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1185 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1186 struct command_line
*commands
)
1188 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1190 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1191 struct command_line
*c
;
1192 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1194 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1195 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1199 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1200 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1201 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1202 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1203 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1204 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1205 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1206 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1207 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1208 tracepoint's context. */
1209 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1211 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1213 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1214 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1215 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1216 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1217 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1218 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1221 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1222 "can be used only once"));
1227 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1231 struct command_line
*c2
;
1233 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1234 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1235 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1237 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1238 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1244 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1248 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1249 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1252 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1254 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1255 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1256 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1259 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1261 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1262 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1263 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1269 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1270 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1273 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1274 command_line_up
&&commands
)
1276 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1278 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1279 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
.release ());
1280 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1283 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1284 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1288 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1290 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1293 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1294 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1297 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1298 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1301 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1303 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1306 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1307 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1310 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1311 breakpoint work for any task. */
1314 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1316 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1319 if (old_task
!= task
)
1320 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1324 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1326 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1328 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1331 /* A structure used to pass information through
1332 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1334 struct commands_info
1336 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1339 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1342 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1343 already-parsed command. */
1344 struct command_line
*control
;
1346 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1348 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1351 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1352 commands_command. */
1355 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1357 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1359 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1363 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1364 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1367 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1370 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1371 "%s, one per line."),
1374 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1376 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1379 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1382 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1385 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
.release ());
1388 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1390 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1392 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1393 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1394 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1395 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1396 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1401 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1402 struct command_line
*control
)
1404 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1405 struct commands_info info
;
1407 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1408 info
.control
= control
;
1410 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1411 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1412 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1414 std::string new_arg
;
1416 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1418 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1419 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1421 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1422 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1427 info
.arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1429 map_breakpoint_numbers (info
.arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1431 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1432 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1434 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1438 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1440 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1443 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1444 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1446 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1447 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1448 enum command_control_type
1449 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1451 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1452 return simple_control
;
1455 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1458 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1460 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1464 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1465 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1470 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1471 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1474 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1475 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1476 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1479 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1480 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1481 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1482 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1483 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1485 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1486 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1490 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1491 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1493 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1497 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1499 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1500 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1502 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1504 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1509 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1511 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1516 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1517 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1519 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1520 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1521 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1525 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1527 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1528 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1531 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1533 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1534 shadow_contents buffer. */
1535 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1536 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1537 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1539 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1541 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1542 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1546 const unsigned char *bp
;
1547 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1550 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1551 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1552 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1554 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1556 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1558 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1559 breakpoint's INSN. */
1560 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1564 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1565 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1567 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1568 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1569 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1571 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1572 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1573 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1574 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1575 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1576 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1577 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1578 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1580 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1583 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1584 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1585 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1587 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1589 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1591 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1592 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1593 report higher one. */
1596 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1597 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1599 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1601 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1602 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1604 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1605 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1606 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1607 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1609 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1610 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1611 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1613 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1615 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1622 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1623 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1624 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1625 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1626 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1629 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1631 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1632 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1633 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1636 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1639 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1641 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1643 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1645 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1646 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1647 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1650 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1653 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1654 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1655 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1658 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1661 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1662 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1668 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1672 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1674 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1675 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1676 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1679 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1682 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1684 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1685 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1686 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1689 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1693 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1695 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1696 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1699 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1700 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1701 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1702 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1703 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1704 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1705 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1706 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1709 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1711 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1712 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1713 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1714 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1717 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1718 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1721 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1723 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1725 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1727 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1728 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1729 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1730 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1731 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1733 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1736 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1739 static struct value
*
1740 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1742 struct value
*bit_val
;
1747 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1749 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1752 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1759 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1760 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1761 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1762 to be able to report stops. */
1765 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1766 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1768 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1770 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1771 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1772 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1773 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1776 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1777 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1780 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1782 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1784 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1785 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1786 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1789 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1790 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1791 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1792 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1794 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1796 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1797 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1800 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1801 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1802 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1803 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1804 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1805 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1806 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1807 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1809 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1810 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1811 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1812 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1813 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1814 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1815 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1816 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1819 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1820 hardware watchpoints:
1822 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1823 called several times when GDB stops.
1826 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1827 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1828 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1829 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1830 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1831 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1832 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1833 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1834 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1835 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1836 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1838 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1839 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1842 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1844 int within_current_scope
;
1845 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1848 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1849 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1850 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1851 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1854 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1859 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1860 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1861 within_current_scope
= 1;
1864 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1865 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1866 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1868 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1869 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1870 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1871 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1872 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1875 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1876 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1877 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1878 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1881 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1883 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1884 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1885 if (within_current_scope
)
1889 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1890 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1891 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1894 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1899 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1900 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1901 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1902 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1903 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1904 be completely different objects. */
1905 value_free (b
->val
);
1909 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1910 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1911 locations (re)created below. */
1912 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1914 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1916 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1917 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1921 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1922 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1923 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1924 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1925 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1926 if (!target_has_execution
)
1928 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1929 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1930 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1931 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1933 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1934 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1936 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1937 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1940 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1943 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1944 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1946 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1948 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1949 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1950 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1951 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1952 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1954 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1956 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1958 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1966 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1968 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1969 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1971 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1972 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1973 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1974 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1975 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1976 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1977 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1979 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1981 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1982 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1983 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1985 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1986 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1989 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1990 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1991 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1993 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1995 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1997 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1998 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2000 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2002 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2003 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2004 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2005 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2006 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2009 addr
= value_address (v
);
2012 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2017 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2019 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2022 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2023 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2026 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2028 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2029 loc
->address
= addr
;
2033 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2034 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2037 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2039 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2044 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2045 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2046 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2051 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2052 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2054 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2058 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2061 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2062 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2063 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2065 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2066 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2067 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2068 this watchpoint in as well. */
2070 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2071 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2072 hardware watchpoint type. */
2073 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2074 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2075 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2077 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2078 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2079 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2080 through watch_command), so always account for it
2083 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2084 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2086 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2087 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2090 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2091 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2093 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2095 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2096 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2097 "hardware watchpoint."));
2098 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2099 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2100 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2102 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2103 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2107 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2108 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2109 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2111 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2114 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2116 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2117 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2118 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2120 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2121 "read/access watchpoint."));
2124 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2126 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2127 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2128 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2129 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2132 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2134 next
= value_next (v
);
2139 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2140 above left it without any location set up. But,
2141 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2142 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2143 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2144 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b
->base
, frame_pspace
);
2146 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2148 printf_filtered (_("\
2149 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2150 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2152 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2155 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2157 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2161 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2162 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2163 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2164 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2165 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2167 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2169 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2172 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2175 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2178 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2181 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2182 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2183 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2184 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2185 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2186 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2187 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2188 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2189 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2192 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2193 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2194 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2196 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2197 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2198 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2200 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2201 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2202 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2203 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2204 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2205 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2206 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2207 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2208 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2212 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2213 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2214 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2215 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2220 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2221 instruction that triggered one. */
2222 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2223 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2227 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2228 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2229 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2230 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2239 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2240 that the location is not duplicated. */
2243 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2246 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2249 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2250 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2254 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2255 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2256 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2257 any error during parsing. */
2259 static agent_expr_up
2260 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2265 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2267 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2268 that may show up. */
2271 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2274 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2276 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2277 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2278 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2282 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2286 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2287 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2288 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2289 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2290 one of them is true. */
2293 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2295 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2296 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2297 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2298 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2300 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2301 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2303 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2304 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2305 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2307 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2308 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2311 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2312 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2313 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2314 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2315 response back to GDB. */
2316 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2319 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2323 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2324 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2325 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2326 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2327 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2331 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2332 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2333 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2335 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2341 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2342 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2343 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2345 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2346 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2347 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2349 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2352 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2354 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2356 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2359 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2364 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2365 for this location's address. */
2366 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2370 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2371 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2372 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2375 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2376 to send the conditions to the target. */
2377 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2384 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2385 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2386 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2388 static agent_expr_up
2389 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2391 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2392 struct expression
**argvec
;
2393 const char *cmdrest
;
2394 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2395 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2397 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2404 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2406 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2408 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2409 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2411 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2413 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2415 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2417 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2419 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2420 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2422 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2424 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2425 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2427 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2429 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2431 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2433 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2434 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2437 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2442 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2443 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
.release ();
2445 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2449 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2451 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2452 that may show up. */
2455 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2456 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2457 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2459 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2461 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2462 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2463 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2467 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2469 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2473 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2474 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2475 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2478 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2480 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2481 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2482 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2483 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2485 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2486 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2488 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2491 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2492 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2495 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2496 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2497 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2499 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2502 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2503 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2504 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2508 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2509 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2510 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2511 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2512 response back to GDB. */
2513 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2516 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2520 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2521 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2522 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2523 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2525 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2526 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2529 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2530 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2531 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2533 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2539 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2541 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2543 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2546 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2547 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2549 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2551 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2554 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2559 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2560 for this location's address. */
2561 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2564 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2565 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2566 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2567 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2570 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2571 to send the commands to the target. */
2572 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2576 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2577 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2578 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2579 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2582 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2583 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2584 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2588 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2590 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2592 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2593 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2595 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2597 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2601 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2604 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2605 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2606 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2607 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2610 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2611 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2613 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2614 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2615 int *disabled_breaks
,
2616 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2617 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2619 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2620 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2622 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2625 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2626 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2627 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2628 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2629 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2630 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2631 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2632 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2633 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2634 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2635 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2636 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2638 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2639 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2640 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2641 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2643 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2645 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2646 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2647 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2648 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2651 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2652 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2654 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2656 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2657 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2658 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2660 Two important cases are:
2661 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2662 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2663 hardware breakpoint.
2664 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2665 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2666 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2669 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2670 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2671 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2672 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2674 struct mem_region
*mr
2675 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2679 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2681 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2683 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2684 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2686 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2688 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2690 static int said
= 0;
2692 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2695 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2696 _("Note: automatically using "
2697 "hardware breakpoints for "
2698 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2703 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2704 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2706 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2707 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2708 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2709 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2711 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2717 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2718 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2719 || bl
->section
== NULL
2720 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2722 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2727 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2729 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2731 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2734 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2740 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2741 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2742 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2744 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2745 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2746 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2747 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2748 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2752 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2754 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2755 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2756 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2758 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2763 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2764 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2765 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2766 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2767 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2769 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2771 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2774 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2778 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2779 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2780 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2781 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2785 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2786 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2788 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2793 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2795 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2797 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2800 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2806 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2807 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2812 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2814 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2816 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2817 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2818 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2819 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2820 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2821 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2822 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2823 errors as memory errors. */
2824 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2825 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2826 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2827 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2830 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2831 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2832 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2833 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2835 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2836 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2838 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2839 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2840 "library breakpoints:\n");
2842 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2843 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2844 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2849 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2851 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2852 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2853 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2854 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2855 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2856 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2857 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2861 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2864 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2865 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2866 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2868 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2869 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2871 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2872 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2876 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2877 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2892 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2893 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2894 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2895 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2899 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2900 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2902 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2904 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2905 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2906 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2908 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2910 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2911 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2913 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2915 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2916 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2920 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2921 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2928 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2929 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2932 /* Back to the original value. */
2933 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2937 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2940 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2944 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2945 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2947 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2950 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2954 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2955 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2957 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2960 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2962 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2963 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2964 so just return success. */
2971 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2972 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2976 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2978 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2979 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2981 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2982 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2984 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2985 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2988 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2989 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2990 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2992 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2994 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2996 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2997 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2998 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
3000 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3001 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3003 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3009 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3010 removed locations above. */
3011 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3014 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3015 Throws exception on any error.
3016 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3017 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3019 insert_breakpoints (void)
3021 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3023 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3024 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3026 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3028 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3031 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3032 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3033 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3034 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3037 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3040 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3042 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3044 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3046 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3050 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3051 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3052 always-inserted mode. */
3055 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3057 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3060 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3061 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3062 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3064 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3066 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3067 there was an error. */
3068 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3070 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3072 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3074 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3076 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3079 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3080 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3081 deletion of breakpoints. */
3082 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3085 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3087 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3088 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3089 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3090 insert breakpoints. */
3091 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3092 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3095 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3096 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3103 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3104 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3107 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3110 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3113 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3115 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3116 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3119 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3120 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3121 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3123 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3125 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3126 there was an error. */
3127 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3129 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3131 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3133 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3136 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3137 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3138 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3139 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3140 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3143 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3145 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3146 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3147 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3148 insert breakpoints. */
3149 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3150 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3153 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3154 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3159 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3160 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3161 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3163 int some_failed
= 0;
3164 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3166 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3169 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3172 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3175 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3176 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3183 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3185 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3187 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3188 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3189 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3197 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3198 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3199 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3201 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3202 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3204 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3205 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3208 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3211 /* Used when the program stops.
3212 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3213 removing a breakpoint location. */
3216 remove_breakpoints (void)
3218 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3221 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3223 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3224 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3229 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3233 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3235 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3237 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3239 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3241 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3243 printf_filtered (_("\
3244 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3245 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3247 /* Hide it from the user. */
3253 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3256 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3258 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3260 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3262 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3264 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3267 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3269 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3278 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3280 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3281 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3283 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3284 struct inferior
*inf
;
3285 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3287 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3291 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3292 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3294 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3296 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3298 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3300 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3306 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3309 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3314 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3318 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3320 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3321 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3322 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3323 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3324 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3325 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3327 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3330 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3333 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3334 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3338 static struct breakpoint
*
3339 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3340 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3341 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3343 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3344 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3346 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3349 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3350 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3352 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3353 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3354 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3359 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3361 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3363 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3365 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3366 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3368 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3369 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3371 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3372 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3374 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3375 int longjmp_searched
;
3377 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3378 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3380 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3381 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3383 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3384 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3386 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3387 int exception_searched
;
3389 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3390 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3393 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3395 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3396 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3398 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3401 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3403 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3406 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3407 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3409 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3410 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3412 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3414 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3415 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3416 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3419 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3421 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3422 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3424 return bp_objfile_data
;
3428 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3430 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3431 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3433 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3434 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3438 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3440 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3441 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3443 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3445 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3446 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3448 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3450 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3452 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3455 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3457 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3459 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3460 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3462 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3463 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3466 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3469 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3470 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3472 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3473 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3474 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3475 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
).release ();
3477 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3479 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3480 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3484 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3485 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3491 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3493 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3494 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3496 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3498 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3500 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3502 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3504 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3507 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3508 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3510 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3512 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3514 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3518 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3521 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3522 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3524 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3526 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3527 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3528 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3532 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3533 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3536 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3539 struct probe
*probe
;
3540 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3543 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3544 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3548 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3550 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3551 get_probe_address (probe
,
3554 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3556 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp").release ();
3557 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3563 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3566 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3568 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3569 const char *func_name
;
3571 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3573 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3576 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3577 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3579 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3581 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3582 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3584 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3585 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3588 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3591 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3592 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3593 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3594 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3595 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3596 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
).release ();
3597 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3602 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3605 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3607 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3609 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3610 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3611 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3613 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3615 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3617 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3620 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3622 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3624 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3625 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3626 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3628 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3630 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3633 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3635 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3637 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3638 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3639 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3641 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3642 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3645 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3648 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3649 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3650 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3651 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3652 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3653 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3654 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
).release ();
3655 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3659 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3662 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3665 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3667 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3668 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3670 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3672 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3673 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3674 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3676 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3678 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3680 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3681 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3685 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3689 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3690 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3692 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3694 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3695 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3696 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3700 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3701 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3704 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3706 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3708 struct probe
*probe
;
3711 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3712 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3716 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3718 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3719 get_probe_address (probe
,
3721 bp_exception_master
,
3722 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3724 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind").release ();
3725 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3731 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3733 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3736 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3738 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3740 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3742 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3743 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3745 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3749 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3752 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3753 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3755 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3756 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3757 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3758 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3759 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
).release ();
3760 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3764 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3767 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3769 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
);
3773 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3775 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3776 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3778 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3779 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3780 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3781 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3782 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3783 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3784 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3785 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3786 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3787 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3788 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3790 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3792 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3795 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3796 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3798 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3802 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3803 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3805 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3809 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3810 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3811 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3812 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3813 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3815 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3819 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3820 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3822 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3826 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3827 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3829 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3833 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3835 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3836 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3837 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3839 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3843 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3845 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3846 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3847 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3848 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3852 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3853 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3854 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3855 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3856 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3857 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3859 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3860 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3861 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3862 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3863 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3864 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3865 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3867 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3868 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3869 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3870 let finish_command delete it.
3872 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3873 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3874 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3875 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3876 solib breakpoints.) */
3878 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3883 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3884 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3886 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3888 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3895 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3897 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3899 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3900 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3902 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3903 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3905 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3906 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3907 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3909 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3912 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3913 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3914 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3915 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3916 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3917 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3918 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3922 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3925 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3929 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3930 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3931 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3932 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3933 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3936 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3940 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3941 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3943 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3944 This should not ever happen. */
3945 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3947 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3948 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3950 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3951 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3952 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3954 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3955 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3956 || bl
->section
== NULL
3957 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3959 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3961 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3962 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3963 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3964 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3965 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3966 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3967 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3968 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3969 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3970 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3971 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3972 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3973 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3974 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3975 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3976 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3977 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3978 they should always be removed. */
3979 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3980 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3981 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3984 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3988 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3989 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3990 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3992 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3993 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3995 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3996 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3997 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3998 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3999 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4001 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4002 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
4005 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4006 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4009 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4010 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4011 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4012 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4014 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4015 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4016 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4017 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4018 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4019 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4025 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4030 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4031 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4032 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4033 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4034 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4035 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4036 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4037 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4038 always-inserted mode. */
4040 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4041 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4042 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4043 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4049 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4051 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4053 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4054 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4056 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4057 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4059 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4060 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
4061 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4064 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4065 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4068 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4069 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4071 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4075 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4082 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
4085 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4087 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4088 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4090 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4091 This should not ever happen. */
4092 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4094 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4096 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4098 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
4100 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4104 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4107 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4109 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4111 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4112 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4116 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4117 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4119 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4122 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4123 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4124 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4129 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4131 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4132 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4134 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4136 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4138 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4141 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4143 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4145 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4151 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4153 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4154 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4157 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4159 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4161 case bp_shlib_event
:
4163 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4164 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4165 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4166 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4167 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4169 (gdb) file prog-linux
4170 (gdb) run # native linux target
4173 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4174 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4177 case bp_step_resume
:
4179 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4181 case bp_single_step
:
4183 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4185 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4189 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4190 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4191 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4193 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4195 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4196 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4197 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4200 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4201 valid. New ones will be created in
4202 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4203 The next update_global_location_list call will
4204 garbage collect them. */
4207 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4209 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4210 insert_breakpoints. */
4212 value_free (w
->val
);
4224 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4225 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4226 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4227 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4230 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4231 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4232 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4233 match, not program space. */
4235 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4236 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4237 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4238 permanent breakpoint.
4239 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4240 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4241 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4242 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4243 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4245 enum breakpoint_here
4246 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4248 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4249 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4251 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4253 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4254 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4257 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4258 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4260 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4262 if (overlay_debugging
4263 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4264 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4265 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4266 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4267 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4269 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4273 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4276 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4279 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4280 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4282 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4284 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4286 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4287 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4290 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4292 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4295 if (overlay_debugging
4296 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4297 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4299 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4310 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4313 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4315 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4318 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4319 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4325 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4329 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4330 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4333 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4336 if (overlay_debugging
4337 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4338 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4339 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4346 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4349 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4351 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4353 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4355 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4357 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4358 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4361 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4367 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4371 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4374 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4376 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4378 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4380 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4383 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4390 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4393 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4396 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4398 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4400 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4402 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4405 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4413 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4414 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4416 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4418 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4420 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4422 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4423 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4426 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4429 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4430 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4434 /* Check for intersection. */
4435 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4436 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4445 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4449 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4451 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4454 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4458 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4460 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4461 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4462 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4463 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4467 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4468 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4471 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4488 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4489 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4492 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4496 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4501 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4503 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4504 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4505 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4506 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4507 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4509 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4510 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4514 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4524 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4527 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4532 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4534 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4540 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4543 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4545 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4547 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4549 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4551 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4556 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4565 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4566 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4567 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4568 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4570 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4571 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4573 Return 1 otherwise. */
4576 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4578 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4581 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4583 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4584 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4585 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4586 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4587 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4589 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4591 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4595 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4598 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4600 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4603 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4606 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4610 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4612 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4614 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4616 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4622 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4625 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4627 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4629 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4631 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4632 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4633 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4634 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4635 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4639 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4642 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4645 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4647 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4650 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4651 or its equivalent. */
4654 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4656 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4659 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4660 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4661 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4662 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4664 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4665 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4666 bpstat of the current thread. */
4669 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4672 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4675 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4677 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4680 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4681 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4683 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4685 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4688 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4689 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4691 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4692 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4693 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4695 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4697 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4698 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4699 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4700 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4701 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4702 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4703 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4704 the tree when we're done. */
4705 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4706 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4707 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4708 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4709 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4711 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4717 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4719 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4725 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4726 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4728 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4730 if (current_ui
->async
)
4731 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4732 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4733 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4736 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4737 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4738 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4739 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4740 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4741 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4742 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4743 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4744 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4745 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4746 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4747 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4748 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4753 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4758 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4760 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4762 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4763 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4764 && target_has_execution
4765 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4766 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4767 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4768 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4769 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4770 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4771 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4774 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4777 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4780 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4783 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4786 struct value_print_options opts
;
4787 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4788 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4792 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4793 debugging multiple threads. */
4796 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4798 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4803 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4806 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4808 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4809 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4811 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4814 uiout
->text (" \"");
4815 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4819 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4823 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4824 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4825 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4826 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4829 static enum print_stop_action
4830 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4832 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4835 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4836 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4840 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4841 relevant messages. */
4842 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4845 case print_it_normal
:
4847 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4849 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4850 which has since been deleted. */
4852 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4854 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4855 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4860 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4861 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4866 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4869 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4872 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4874 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4878 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4879 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4881 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4882 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4885 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4886 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4887 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4891 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4895 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4896 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4899 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4904 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4905 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4906 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4909 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4914 struct so_list
*iter
;
4916 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4918 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4919 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4922 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4927 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4928 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4929 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4932 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4936 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4937 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4938 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4939 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4940 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4941 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4942 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4945 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4946 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4947 code to print the location. An example is
4948 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4950 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4951 to also print the location part of the message.
4952 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4953 don't require a location appended to the end.
4954 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4955 further info to be printed. */
4957 enum print_stop_action
4958 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4960 enum print_stop_action val
;
4962 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4963 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4964 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4965 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4966 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4968 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4969 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4970 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4971 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4975 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4976 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4977 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4978 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4980 print_solib_event (0);
4981 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4984 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4985 with and nothing was printed. */
4986 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4989 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4990 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4991 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4992 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4993 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4994 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4997 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4999 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5000 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
5002 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5006 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
5009 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
5013 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
5015 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
5016 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
5017 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
5018 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
5019 incref_bp_location (bl
);
5020 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5021 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
5023 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
5027 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5028 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5031 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5033 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5035 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5037 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5039 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5040 as not triggered. */
5042 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5044 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5046 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5052 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5054 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5055 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5057 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5059 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5061 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5067 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5068 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5072 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5074 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5075 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5077 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5078 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5080 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5082 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5083 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5085 if (newaddr
== start
)
5087 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5091 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5092 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5096 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5105 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5106 because of check_errors). */
5107 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5108 #define WP_DELETED 1
5109 /* The value has changed. */
5110 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5111 /* The value has not changed. */
5112 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5113 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5116 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5117 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5119 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5122 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5123 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5126 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5128 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5129 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5130 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5131 int within_current_scope
;
5133 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5134 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5135 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5137 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5138 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5139 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5140 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5143 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5144 within_current_scope
= 1;
5147 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5148 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5149 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5151 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5152 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5153 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5154 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5155 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5156 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5157 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5158 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5159 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5160 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5163 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5164 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5166 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5167 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5168 if (within_current_scope
)
5170 struct symbol
*function
;
5172 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5173 if (function
== NULL
5174 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5175 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5176 within_current_scope
= 0;
5179 if (within_current_scope
)
5180 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5181 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5186 if (within_current_scope
)
5188 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5189 time before we return to the command level and call
5190 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5191 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5195 struct value
*new_val
;
5197 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5198 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5199 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5200 a mask watchpoint. */
5201 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5203 mark
= value_mark ();
5204 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5206 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5207 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5209 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5210 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5211 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5212 not what we want. */
5213 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5214 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5216 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5218 release_value (new_val
);
5219 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5221 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5224 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5228 /* Nothing changed. */
5229 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5230 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5235 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5236 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5237 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5238 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5239 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5240 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5241 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5242 the first value assigned). */
5243 /* We print all the stop information in
5244 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5245 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5246 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5249 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5251 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5253 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5255 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5256 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
5257 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5258 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5259 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5262 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5263 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5264 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5270 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5271 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5272 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5275 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5276 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5277 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5279 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5281 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5282 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5284 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5287 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5288 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5291 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5293 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5294 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5296 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5297 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5298 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5299 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5300 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5303 int must_check_value
= 0;
5305 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5306 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5308 must_check_value
= 1;
5309 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5310 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5311 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5313 must_check_value
= 1;
5314 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5315 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5316 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5317 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5318 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5319 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5320 must_check_value
= 1;
5322 if (must_check_value
)
5325 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5327 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5328 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5330 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5334 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5335 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5339 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5342 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5343 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5345 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5347 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5348 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5349 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5350 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5351 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5352 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5353 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5356 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5357 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5360 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5361 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5362 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5363 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5365 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5366 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5367 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5370 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5371 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5372 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5373 changes. This still gives false positives when
5374 the program writes the same value to memory as
5375 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5376 it for a read), but it's much better than
5379 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5381 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5383 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5385 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5386 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5387 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5389 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5390 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5392 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5393 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5395 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5401 if (other_write_watchpoint
5402 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5404 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5405 and the value changed since the last time we
5406 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5408 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5413 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5414 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5415 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5417 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5418 the value hasn't changed. */
5419 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5427 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5429 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5431 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5434 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5435 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5436 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5441 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5443 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5444 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5445 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5446 anything for this watchpoint. */
5447 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5453 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5454 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5455 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5456 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5459 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5461 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5462 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5463 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5464 struct expression
*cond
;
5466 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5468 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5469 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5470 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5471 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5472 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5474 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5475 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5476 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5478 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5479 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5485 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5486 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5488 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5489 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5496 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5498 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5500 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5502 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5504 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5507 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5509 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5511 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5512 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5514 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5515 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5516 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5517 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5519 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5521 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5522 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5526 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5527 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5528 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5529 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5530 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5532 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5533 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5536 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5538 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5539 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5540 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5541 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5542 really matter which instantiation of the function
5543 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5544 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5545 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5546 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5547 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5548 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5549 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5550 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5552 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5554 select_frame (frame
);
5556 within_current_scope
= 0;
5558 if (within_current_scope
)
5560 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5561 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5565 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5566 "in the current scope"));
5567 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5568 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5571 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5572 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5575 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5579 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5583 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5585 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5589 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5590 on the current target. */
5593 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5595 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5596 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5597 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5598 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5602 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5603 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5605 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5606 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5609 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5611 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5613 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5614 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5615 several reasons concurrently.)
5617 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5618 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5621 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5622 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5623 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5625 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5626 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5627 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5628 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5629 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5630 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5633 int need_remove_insert
;
5636 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5637 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5638 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5639 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5640 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5641 inferior function calls. */
5645 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5648 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5650 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5651 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5652 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5653 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5654 checked all locations already. */
5655 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5658 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5661 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5664 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5667 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5670 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5671 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5672 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5676 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5677 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5678 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5680 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5682 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5684 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5689 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5690 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5691 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5693 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5695 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5696 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5698 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5699 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5702 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5707 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5708 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5709 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5711 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5713 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5715 handle_solib_event ();
5720 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5721 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5722 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5726 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5731 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5732 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5735 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5740 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5742 /* We will stop here. */
5743 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5745 --(b
->enable_count
);
5746 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5747 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5752 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5753 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5754 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5755 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5758 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5763 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5765 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5766 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5769 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5770 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5771 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5773 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5774 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5775 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5777 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5778 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5780 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5782 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5783 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5786 if (need_remove_insert
)
5787 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5788 else if (removed_any
)
5789 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5795 handle_jit_event (void)
5797 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5798 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5801 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5803 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5804 breakpoint_re_set. */
5805 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5807 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5808 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5810 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5812 target_terminal_inferior ();
5815 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5817 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5820 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5822 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5825 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5826 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5827 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5829 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5831 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5832 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5833 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5836 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5838 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5839 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5843 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5850 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5851 case bp_single_step
:
5854 case bp_shlib_event
:
5858 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5860 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5863 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5866 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5867 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5868 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5872 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5874 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5878 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5879 This requires no further action. */
5883 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5887 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5888 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5891 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5893 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5894 case bp_exception_resume
:
5897 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5898 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5901 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5903 case bp_step_resume
:
5905 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5908 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5909 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5912 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5914 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5917 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5918 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5921 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5922 case bp_thread_event
:
5923 case bp_overlay_event
:
5924 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5925 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5926 case bp_exception_master
:
5927 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5933 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5935 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5939 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5940 This requires no further action. */
5944 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5947 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5948 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5949 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5950 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5952 case bp_std_terminate
:
5953 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5954 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5955 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5956 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5959 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5960 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5961 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5962 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5964 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5965 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5967 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5968 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5969 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5971 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5972 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5973 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5974 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5979 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5981 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5985 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5986 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5989 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5996 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
6000 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6002 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6009 handle_jit_event ();
6011 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6012 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
6014 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6015 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
6021 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6022 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6023 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6026 bpstat_should_step (void)
6028 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6031 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6037 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6039 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6048 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6049 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6050 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6053 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6055 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6056 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6060 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6062 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6064 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6065 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6066 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6071 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6077 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6078 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6080 "host": Host evals condition.
6081 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6082 "target": Target evals condition.
6086 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6088 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6089 char host_evals
= 0;
6090 char target_evals
= 0;
6095 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6098 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6099 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6100 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6102 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6104 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6110 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6111 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6112 else if (target_evals
)
6113 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6115 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6118 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6119 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6122 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6124 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6127 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6128 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6129 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6131 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6132 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6134 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6137 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6140 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6141 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6143 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6144 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6146 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6150 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6152 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6153 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6154 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6157 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6160 uiout
->text ("in ");
6161 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6163 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6164 uiout
->text ("at ");
6166 uiout
->field_string ("file",
6167 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6170 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6171 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6173 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6179 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6181 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6185 uiout
->field_string ("pending", event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6186 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6187 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6188 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6189 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6191 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6195 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
6199 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6200 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6201 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6204 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6205 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6209 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6213 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6215 struct ep_type_description
6218 const char *description
;
6220 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6222 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6223 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6224 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6225 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6226 {bp_until
, "until"},
6227 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6228 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6229 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6230 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6231 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6232 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6233 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6234 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6235 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6236 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6237 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6238 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6239 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6240 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6241 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6242 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6243 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6244 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6245 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6246 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6247 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6248 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6249 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6250 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6251 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6252 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6253 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6254 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6255 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6258 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6259 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6260 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6261 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6264 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6267 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6268 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6271 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6272 const char *field_name
,
6276 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6277 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6281 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6282 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6283 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6286 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6288 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6294 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6295 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6300 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6304 uiout
->text (plongest (inf
));
6308 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6311 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6314 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6315 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6317 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6320 struct command_line
*l
;
6321 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6323 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6324 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6325 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6326 struct value_print_options opts
;
6328 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6330 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6331 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6332 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6335 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6336 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6344 if (part_of_multiple
)
6347 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6348 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6353 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6358 if (part_of_multiple
)
6359 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6361 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6365 if (part_of_multiple
)
6366 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6368 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6373 if (part_of_multiple
)
6374 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6376 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6381 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6383 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6384 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6385 make sure there's just one location. */
6386 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6387 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6393 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6394 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6398 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6399 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6400 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6402 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6404 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6405 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6406 is relatively readable). */
6407 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6408 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6410 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6415 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6416 case bp_single_step
:
6420 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6421 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6423 case bp_exception_resume
:
6424 case bp_step_resume
:
6425 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6426 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6428 case bp_std_terminate
:
6429 case bp_shlib_event
:
6430 case bp_thread_event
:
6431 case bp_overlay_event
:
6432 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6433 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6434 case bp_exception_master
:
6436 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6437 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6440 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6441 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6442 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6445 if (header_of_multiple
)
6446 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6447 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6448 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6450 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6451 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6454 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6455 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6462 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6464 struct inferior
*inf
;
6465 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6470 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6471 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6474 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6475 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6477 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6478 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6479 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6480 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6481 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6482 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6484 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6485 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6488 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6490 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6492 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6493 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6494 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6495 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6497 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6499 uiout
->text (" task ");
6500 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6506 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6507 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6509 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6512 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6513 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6515 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6516 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6520 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6523 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6524 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6526 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6527 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6529 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6530 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6531 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6532 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6533 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6536 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6537 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6538 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6543 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6545 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6546 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6547 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6548 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6551 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6553 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6558 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6562 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6563 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6564 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6565 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6566 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6568 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6569 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6570 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6571 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6572 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6574 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6578 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6579 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6580 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6584 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6587 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6588 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6589 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6592 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6593 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6594 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6595 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6598 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6599 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6600 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6601 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6602 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6604 uiout
->text ("next ");
6605 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6606 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6609 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6611 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6613 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6615 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6616 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6617 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6621 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6622 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6624 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6627 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6628 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6629 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6632 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6634 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6636 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6638 annotate_field (10);
6639 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6640 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6641 uiout
->text (" \n");
6644 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6646 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6648 annotate_field (11);
6650 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6651 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6652 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6658 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6659 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6664 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6666 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6668 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6670 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6672 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6673 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
) != NULL
)
6674 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6675 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6680 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6681 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6684 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6685 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6687 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6689 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6690 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6692 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6693 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6694 locations, if any. */
6695 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6697 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6698 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6699 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6702 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6703 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6705 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6706 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6708 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6711 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6713 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6714 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6715 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6716 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6723 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6725 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6726 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6728 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6729 address to print. */
6730 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6733 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6737 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6738 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6739 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6742 return print_address_bits
;
6745 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6751 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6753 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6754 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6755 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6756 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6760 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6762 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6770 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6771 char **error_message
)
6773 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6776 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6778 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6779 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6785 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6786 internal or momentary. */
6789 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6791 return b
->number
> 0;
6794 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6797 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6799 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6802 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6803 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6804 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6805 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6806 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6807 breakpoints listed. */
6810 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6811 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6813 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6814 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6815 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6816 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6817 struct value_print_options opts
;
6818 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6819 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6820 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6822 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6824 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6825 required for address fields. */
6826 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6829 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6830 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6833 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6834 accept. Skip the others. */
6835 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6837 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6839 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6843 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6845 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6847 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6848 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6849 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6851 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6852 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6853 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6855 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6859 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6861 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6862 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6866 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6867 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6870 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6871 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6872 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6874 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6875 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6877 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6878 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6880 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6881 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6883 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6884 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6886 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6888 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6889 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6891 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6893 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6895 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6896 uiout
->table_body ();
6897 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6898 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6903 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6904 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6907 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6908 accept. Skip the others. */
6910 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6912 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6914 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6917 else /* all others */
6919 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6923 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6925 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6926 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6929 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6931 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6933 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6937 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6938 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6940 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6946 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6947 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6950 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6951 there have been breakpoints? */
6952 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6954 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6957 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6958 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6961 default_collect_info (void)
6963 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6965 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6966 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6968 if (!*default_collect
)
6971 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6973 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6974 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6975 uiout
->text (" \n");
6979 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6981 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6983 default_collect_info ();
6987 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6989 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6990 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6992 if (num_printed
== 0)
6994 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6995 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6997 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
7002 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
7004 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
7006 default_collect_info ();
7010 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7011 struct program_space
*pspace
,
7012 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
7014 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
7016 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7018 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
7019 && bl
->address
== pc
7020 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
7026 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7027 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7031 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7032 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7033 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7039 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7040 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7044 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7045 else /* if (others == ???) */
7046 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7048 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7051 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7052 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7053 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7054 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7055 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7056 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7057 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7058 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7062 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7064 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7065 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7066 printf_filtered (".\n");
7071 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7072 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7073 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7074 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7076 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7077 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7078 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7079 breakpoint location at address zero:
7087 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7089 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7091 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7094 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7095 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7098 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7099 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7101 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7102 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7104 /* Both of them must exist. */
7105 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7106 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7108 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7109 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7110 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7111 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7112 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7113 other watchpoint. */
7115 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7117 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7118 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
7120 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7122 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7123 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
7126 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7127 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7128 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7129 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7130 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7131 become hw_access locations later. */
7132 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7133 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7134 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7135 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7138 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7141 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7142 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7144 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7145 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7149 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7150 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7151 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7152 space doesn't really matter. */
7155 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7156 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7159 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7160 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7161 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7164 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7165 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7166 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7167 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7170 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7171 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7174 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7177 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7178 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7182 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7183 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7184 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7185 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7186 doesn't really matter. */
7189 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7190 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7191 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7193 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7194 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7196 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7198 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7204 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7205 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7206 true, otherwise returns false. */
7209 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7210 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7212 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7213 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7214 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7215 different locations. */
7216 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7221 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7222 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7223 represent the same location. */
7226 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7227 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7229 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7231 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7232 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7233 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7235 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7236 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7238 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7241 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7242 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7243 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7245 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7246 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7247 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7248 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7252 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7253 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7255 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7256 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7260 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7261 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7263 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7264 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7266 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7269 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7270 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7271 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7272 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7275 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7276 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7278 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7280 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7283 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7284 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7285 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7286 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7287 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7289 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7290 have their addresses modified. */
7293 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7295 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7296 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7297 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7298 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7299 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7300 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7305 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7307 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7308 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7309 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7311 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7312 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7314 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7315 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7317 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7322 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7323 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7325 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7327 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7331 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7332 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7335 switch (owner
->type
)
7338 case bp_single_step
:
7342 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7343 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7345 case bp_exception_resume
:
7346 case bp_step_resume
:
7347 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7348 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7350 case bp_std_terminate
:
7351 case bp_shlib_event
:
7352 case bp_thread_event
:
7353 case bp_overlay_event
:
7355 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7356 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7357 case bp_exception_master
:
7358 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7359 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7361 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7362 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7364 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7365 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7366 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7368 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7369 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7370 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7371 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7376 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7377 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7378 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7381 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7387 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7389 static struct bp_location
*
7390 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7392 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7396 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7398 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7402 /* Increment reference count. */
7405 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7410 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7411 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7414 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7416 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7418 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7419 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7423 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7426 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7428 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7430 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7431 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7433 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7435 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7444 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7447 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7448 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7450 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7452 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7454 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7458 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7459 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7460 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7462 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7465 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7467 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7468 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7469 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7470 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7474 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7475 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7477 static struct breakpoint
*
7478 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7480 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7482 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
7484 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7485 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7489 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7490 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7494 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7496 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7498 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7499 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7500 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7503 const char *function_name
;
7504 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7506 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7507 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7509 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7511 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7513 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7514 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7515 &loc
->requested_address
))
7517 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7518 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7519 loc
->requested_address
,
7522 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7523 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7525 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7526 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7527 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7528 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7530 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7535 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7539 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7541 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7544 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7546 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7551 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7552 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7553 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7555 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7556 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7557 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7560 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7561 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7562 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7564 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7566 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7568 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7569 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7571 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7572 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7574 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7575 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7578 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7579 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7580 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7581 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7582 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7583 is also returned as the value of this function.
7585 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7586 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7587 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7588 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7589 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7590 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7591 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7594 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7595 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7596 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7598 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
7600 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7601 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7605 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7606 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7607 initiated the operation. */
7610 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7612 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7613 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7615 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7616 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7617 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7618 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7619 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7620 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7621 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7622 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7624 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7625 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7627 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7628 after their removal. */
7629 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7630 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7631 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7634 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7637 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7639 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7641 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7643 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7644 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7646 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7647 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7652 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7654 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7656 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7657 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7659 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7660 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7664 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7665 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7666 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7670 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7672 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7675 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7677 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7679 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7680 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7682 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7684 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7686 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7689 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7690 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7691 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7692 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7698 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7699 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7702 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7703 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7707 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7709 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7711 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7712 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7714 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7716 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7717 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7718 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7719 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7722 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7724 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7726 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7727 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7728 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7730 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7735 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7737 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7740 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7742 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7743 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7744 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7749 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7751 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7754 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7756 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7757 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7758 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7762 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7763 master breakpoint. */
7765 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7767 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7769 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7770 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7771 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7773 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7774 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7778 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7780 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7782 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7784 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7785 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7786 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7790 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7792 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7794 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7795 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7797 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7798 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7799 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0).release ();
7801 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7806 struct lang_and_radix
7812 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7815 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7817 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7818 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7821 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7824 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7826 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7828 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7829 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7830 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7831 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7835 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7837 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7839 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7840 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7841 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7842 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7845 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7848 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7850 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7852 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7853 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7854 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7855 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7858 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7859 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7860 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7862 static struct breakpoint
*
7863 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7864 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7866 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7868 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7869 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7870 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7875 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7877 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7880 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7883 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7885 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7887 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7889 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7890 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7892 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7898 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7899 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7902 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7904 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7906 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7908 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7909 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7911 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7912 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7913 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7914 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7915 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7916 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7917 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7918 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7919 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7920 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7921 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7922 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7925 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7930 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7931 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7932 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7935 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7937 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7938 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7940 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7942 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7943 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7945 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7946 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7947 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7948 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7949 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7950 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7951 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7952 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7953 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7955 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7956 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7957 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7958 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7961 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7962 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7964 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7966 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7967 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7968 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7971 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7976 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7977 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7978 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7981 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7983 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7985 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7988 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7989 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7990 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7991 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7992 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7993 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7994 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7995 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7996 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7997 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7999 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
8000 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
8005 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8006 int bp_modified
= 0;
8008 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
8011 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8013 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
8015 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8016 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8019 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
8022 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
8025 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8026 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8029 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
8031 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
8032 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8033 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8034 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8035 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8038 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8045 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8049 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8051 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8052 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8053 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8054 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8055 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8057 struct fork_catchpoint
8059 /* The base class. */
8060 struct breakpoint base
;
8062 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8063 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8064 catchpoint has triggered. */
8065 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8068 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8072 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8074 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8077 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8081 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8083 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8086 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8090 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8091 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8092 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8094 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8096 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8099 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8103 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8106 static enum print_stop_action
8107 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8109 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8110 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8111 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8113 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8114 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8115 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8116 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8118 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8119 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8121 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8122 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8124 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8125 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
8126 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8127 uiout
->text ("), ");
8128 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8131 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8135 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8137 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8138 struct value_print_options opts
;
8139 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8141 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8143 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8144 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8146 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8147 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8149 uiout
->text ("fork");
8150 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8152 uiout
->text (", process ");
8153 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8157 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8158 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
8161 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8165 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8167 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8170 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8174 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8176 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8177 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8180 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8182 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8184 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8188 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8190 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8193 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8197 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8199 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8202 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8206 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8207 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8208 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8210 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8212 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8215 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8219 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8222 static enum print_stop_action
8223 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8225 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8226 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8227 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8229 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8230 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8231 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8232 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8234 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8235 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8237 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8238 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8240 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8241 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
8242 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8243 uiout
->text ("), ");
8244 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8247 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8251 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8253 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8254 struct value_print_options opts
;
8255 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8257 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8258 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8259 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8261 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8262 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8264 uiout
->text ("vfork");
8265 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8267 uiout
->text (", process ");
8268 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8272 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8273 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
8276 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8280 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8282 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8285 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8289 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8291 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8292 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8295 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8297 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8299 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8300 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8301 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8302 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8303 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8305 struct solib_catchpoint
8307 /* The base class. */
8308 struct breakpoint base
;
8310 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8311 unsigned char is_load
;
8313 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8314 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8320 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8322 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8325 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8326 xfree (self
->regex
);
8328 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8332 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8338 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8344 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8345 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8347 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8349 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8350 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8352 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8355 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8357 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8359 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8362 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8365 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8368 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8370 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8379 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8381 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8382 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8387 struct so_list
*iter
;
8390 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8395 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8404 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8409 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8415 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8418 static enum print_stop_action
8419 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8421 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8422 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8424 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8425 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8426 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8427 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8429 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8430 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8432 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8433 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8434 print_solib_event (1);
8435 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8439 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8441 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8442 struct value_print_options opts
;
8443 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8446 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8447 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8448 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8450 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8453 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8460 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8462 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8467 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8469 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8471 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8474 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8475 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8479 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8481 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8483 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8484 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8488 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8490 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8492 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8493 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8494 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8496 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8497 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8500 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8502 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8503 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8504 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8505 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8506 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8507 created in an enabled state. */
8510 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8512 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8513 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8514 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8518 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
8520 c
= new solib_catchpoint ();
8521 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8527 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8530 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8532 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8533 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8535 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8538 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8539 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8540 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8542 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8544 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8545 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8548 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8552 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8553 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8556 const int enabled
= 1;
8558 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8560 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8564 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8565 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8567 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8571 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8572 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8574 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8577 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8578 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8579 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8580 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8583 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8584 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8585 const char *cond_string
,
8586 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8588 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8591 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8593 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8595 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8596 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8600 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8602 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8603 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8604 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8605 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8608 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8611 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8615 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8616 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8617 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8619 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= new fork_catchpoint ();
8621 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8623 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8625 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8628 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8630 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8631 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8632 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8633 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8634 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8636 struct exec_catchpoint
8638 /* The base class. */
8639 struct breakpoint base
;
8641 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8642 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8644 char *exec_pathname
;
8647 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8651 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8653 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8655 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8657 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8661 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8663 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8667 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8669 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8673 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8674 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8675 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8677 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8679 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8682 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8686 static enum print_stop_action
8687 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8689 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8690 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8691 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8693 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8694 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8695 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8696 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8698 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8699 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8701 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8702 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8704 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8705 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8706 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8707 uiout
->text ("), ");
8709 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8713 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8715 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8716 struct value_print_options opts
;
8717 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8719 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8721 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8722 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8723 is relatively readable). */
8724 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8725 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8727 uiout
->text ("exec");
8728 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8730 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8731 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8732 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8735 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8736 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8740 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8742 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8745 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8749 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8751 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8752 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8755 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8758 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8761 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8762 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8766 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8767 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8769 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8771 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8778 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8782 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8785 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8787 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8790 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8792 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8794 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8800 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8801 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8802 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8803 types _not_ TYPE. */
8806 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8807 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8810 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8812 *other_type_used
= 0;
8817 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8820 if (b
->type
== type
)
8821 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8822 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8823 *other_type_used
= 1;
8830 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8832 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8836 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8838 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8839 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8845 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8847 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8851 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8853 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8854 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8860 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8862 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8863 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8867 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8869 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8870 breakpoint_re_set ();
8873 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8876 static struct breakpoint
*
8877 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8879 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
8881 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8882 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8884 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8885 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8888 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8890 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8895 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8896 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8900 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8901 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8903 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8905 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8907 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8909 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8910 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8911 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8912 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8914 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8915 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8917 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8918 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8920 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8925 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8926 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8927 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8929 static struct breakpoint
*
8930 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8932 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8935 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8937 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8938 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8939 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8941 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8942 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8943 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8944 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8945 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8946 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8947 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8948 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8949 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8950 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8951 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8952 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8954 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8955 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8956 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8958 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8962 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8966 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8968 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8972 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8976 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8979 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8981 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8983 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8984 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8986 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8990 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8993 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8995 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8996 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8998 printf_filtered ("\n");
9002 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
9004 static struct bp_location
*
9005 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9006 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9008 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9009 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9010 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9012 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9013 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9015 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9016 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9017 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9018 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9019 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9020 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9021 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9024 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9025 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9026 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9027 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9032 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9033 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9034 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9035 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9036 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9037 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9038 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9039 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9040 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9041 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9043 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9044 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9046 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9047 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9048 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9049 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9050 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9051 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9052 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9053 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9054 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9055 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9056 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9057 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9059 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9066 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9069 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
9073 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9074 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9075 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9079 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9081 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9085 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9087 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9088 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9089 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9090 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9092 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9093 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9096 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9101 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9102 return 0 otherwise. */
9105 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9107 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9110 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9112 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9113 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9114 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9116 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9119 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9120 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9122 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9124 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9129 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9130 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9133 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9135 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9136 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9141 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9143 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9145 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9147 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9149 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9150 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9152 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9153 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9154 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9156 if (!dprintf_function
)
9157 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9159 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9160 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9165 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9169 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9171 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9172 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9175 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9176 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9180 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9181 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9183 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9184 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9186 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9188 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9189 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9190 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9191 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9192 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9194 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, command_line_up (printf_cmd_line
));
9198 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9199 current style settings. */
9202 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9203 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9205 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9209 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9210 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9214 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9215 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9216 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9217 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9220 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9221 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9222 event_location_up
&&location
,
9223 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9225 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9226 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9227 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9228 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9229 int display_canonical
)
9233 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9235 int target_resources_ok
;
9237 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9238 target_resources_ok
=
9239 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9241 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9242 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9243 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9244 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9247 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9249 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9251 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9252 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9256 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9258 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9260 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9261 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9266 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9270 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9271 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9272 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9273 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9274 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9276 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9277 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9279 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9281 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9282 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9284 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9286 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9287 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9288 const char *p
= &event_location_to_string (b
->location
)[3];
9292 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9294 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9296 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9297 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9299 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9301 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9303 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9305 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9306 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9308 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9310 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9313 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9314 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9321 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9322 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9328 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9330 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9331 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9333 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9336 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9337 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9338 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9340 if (b
->extra_string
)
9341 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9343 error (_("Format string required"));
9345 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9346 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9349 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9350 if (location
!= NULL
)
9351 b
->location
= location
.release ();
9353 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0).release ();
9358 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9359 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9360 event_location_up
&&location
,
9361 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9363 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9364 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9365 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9366 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9367 int display_canonical
)
9369 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9370 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9372 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9374 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9376 t
= new tracepoint ();
9380 b
= new breakpoint ();
9382 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9384 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9385 sals
, std::move (location
),
9386 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9388 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9390 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9392 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9394 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9397 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9398 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9399 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9400 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9401 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9402 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9403 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9404 we take just a single condition string.
9406 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9407 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9408 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9409 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9410 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9413 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9414 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9415 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9416 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9417 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9418 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9419 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9422 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9424 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9425 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9427 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9429 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9430 'break', without arguments. */
9431 event_location_up location
9432 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9433 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
) : NULL
);
9434 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9436 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9437 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9438 std::move (location
),
9440 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9442 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9443 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9444 canonical
->special_display
);
9448 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9449 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9450 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9451 linespec locations).
9453 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9454 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9457 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9458 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9460 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9462 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9464 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9466 if (address
== NULL
)
9468 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9469 breakpoint address. */
9470 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9472 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9473 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9476 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9477 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9479 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9480 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9481 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9482 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9483 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9484 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9486 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9488 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9489 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9490 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9491 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9492 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9494 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9496 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9497 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9498 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9500 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9504 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9508 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9509 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9510 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9511 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9513 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9514 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9515 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9516 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9518 const char *address
= NULL
;
9520 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9521 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9525 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9526 && address
[1] != '['))
9528 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9529 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9530 get_last_displayed_line (),
9531 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9536 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9537 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9541 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9542 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9545 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9549 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9550 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9553 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9554 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9555 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9556 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9557 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9561 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9562 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9565 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9567 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9569 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9571 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9573 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9575 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9576 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9577 associated with SAL. */
9580 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9581 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9584 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9585 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9587 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9591 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9592 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9593 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9594 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9595 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9596 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9599 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9600 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9603 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9610 const char *end_tok
;
9612 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9613 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9615 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9617 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9619 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9623 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9625 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9627 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9629 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9630 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9632 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9634 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9637 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9640 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9642 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9643 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9646 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9651 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9653 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9654 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9655 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9660 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9664 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9668 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9670 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9671 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9673 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9674 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9675 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9676 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9681 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9683 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9685 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9686 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9688 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9689 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9690 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9692 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9693 sals
.sals
= XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line
, sals
.nelts
);
9695 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9697 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9699 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9701 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9703 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9704 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9706 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9709 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9715 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9718 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9719 const struct event_location
*location
, char *cond_string
,
9720 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9722 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9724 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9725 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9726 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9729 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9730 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9731 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9734 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9736 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9738 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9739 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9740 extra_string
= NULL
;
9742 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9746 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9748 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9750 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9752 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9754 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9757 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9758 throw_exception (e
);
9760 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9762 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9763 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9764 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9765 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9766 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9769 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9770 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9771 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9772 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9776 throw_exception (e
);
9780 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9783 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9784 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9786 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9787 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9788 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9789 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9790 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9792 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9793 are ok for the target. */
9797 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9799 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9800 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9803 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9804 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9807 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9809 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9810 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9813 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9814 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9821 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9823 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9825 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9826 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9827 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9828 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9830 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9831 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9833 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9835 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9837 extra_string
= rest
;
9839 extra_string
= NULL
;
9843 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9844 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9845 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9847 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9850 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9851 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9853 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9856 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9857 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9861 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9862 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9863 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9864 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9865 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9869 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9871 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9873 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9875 t
= new tracepoint ();
9879 b
= new breakpoint ();
9881 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9882 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
).release ();
9885 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9888 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9891 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9892 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9894 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9898 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9899 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9901 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9902 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9904 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9905 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9906 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9907 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9908 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9909 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9910 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9911 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9913 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9916 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9918 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9919 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9920 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9923 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9925 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9926 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9927 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9929 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9930 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9935 /* Set a breakpoint.
9936 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9937 condition, and thread.
9938 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9939 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9943 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9945 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9946 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9947 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9949 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9951 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9953 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9954 if (location
!= NULL
9955 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9956 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9958 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9960 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9962 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9963 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9964 0 /* Ignore count */,
9965 pending_break_support
,
9973 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9976 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9980 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9982 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9983 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9984 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9987 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9988 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9989 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9990 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9993 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9995 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9996 const struct block
*b
;
9999 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
10000 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
10003 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10006 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
10007 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
10012 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10013 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10014 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10015 happen in assembly source). */
10017 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10018 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10020 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10022 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10024 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10026 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10033 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10035 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10039 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10041 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10045 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10047 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10051 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10053 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10057 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10059 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10060 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10061 stop at <line>\n"));
10065 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10069 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10071 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10073 char *argptr
= arg
;
10076 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10077 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10078 function/method name. */
10079 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10081 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10086 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10088 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10092 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10094 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10098 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10102 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10106 char *argptr
= arg
;
10109 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10110 it is probably a line number. */
10111 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10113 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10118 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10120 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10124 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10126 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10129 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10130 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10131 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10135 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10137 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10139 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10140 the next character must be ','. */
10143 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10144 error (_("Format string required"));
10147 /* Skip the comma. */
10152 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10154 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10156 0 /* Ignore count */,
10157 pending_break_support
,
10158 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10166 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10168 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10171 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10172 ranged breakpoints. */
10175 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10176 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10178 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10180 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10181 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10184 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10185 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10188 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10189 ranged breakpoints. */
10192 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10194 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10197 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10198 ranged breakpoints. */
10200 static enum print_stop_action
10201 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10203 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10204 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10205 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10207 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10209 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10210 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10212 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10214 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10216 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10217 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10219 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
10220 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10222 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
10223 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10224 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10226 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
10227 uiout
->text (", ");
10229 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10232 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10233 ranged breakpoints. */
10236 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10237 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10239 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10240 struct value_print_options opts
;
10241 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10243 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10244 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10246 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10248 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10249 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10250 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10251 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
10252 annotate_field (5);
10253 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10257 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10258 ranged breakpoints. */
10261 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10262 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10264 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10265 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10270 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10271 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10273 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
10274 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
10275 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10276 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10277 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
10278 uiout
->text ("\n");
10281 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10282 ranged breakpoints. */
10285 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10287 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10288 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10291 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10293 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10296 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10297 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10298 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10301 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10302 ranged breakpoints. */
10305 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10307 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10308 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
10309 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
));
10310 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10313 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10315 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10317 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10318 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10319 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10320 last instruction of the given line. */
10323 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10327 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10328 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10329 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10336 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10338 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10340 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10347 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10350 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10352 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
;
10353 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10354 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10356 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10357 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10358 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10359 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10361 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10362 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10363 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10365 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10366 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10367 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10369 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10370 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10372 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10373 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10374 error(_("No address range specified."));
10376 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10379 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10381 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
10382 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10385 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10386 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10387 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10389 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10391 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10392 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10393 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10395 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10396 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10397 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10399 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10400 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10402 /* Parse the end location. */
10404 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10407 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10408 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10409 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10410 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10411 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10412 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10414 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10415 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10416 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10418 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10420 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10421 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10423 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10424 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10425 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10426 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10428 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10430 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10431 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10432 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10434 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10436 /* Length overflowed. */
10437 error (_("Address range too large."));
10438 else if (length
== 1)
10440 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10441 the `hbreak' command. */
10442 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10444 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10449 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10450 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10451 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10452 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10453 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10454 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10455 b
->location
= start_location
.release ();
10456 b
->location_range_end
= end_location
.release ();
10457 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10459 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10462 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10463 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10466 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10467 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10468 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10472 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10474 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10480 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10481 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10484 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10494 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10495 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10496 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10497 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10498 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10500 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10527 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10530 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10531 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10536 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10537 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10538 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10539 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10540 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10541 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10542 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10544 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10545 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10550 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10552 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10553 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10554 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10555 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10557 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10558 are always constant. */
10560 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10562 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10563 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10564 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10569 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10570 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10571 then it is not a constant. */
10580 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10583 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10585 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10587 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10588 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10589 value_free (w
->val
);
10591 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10594 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10597 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10599 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10601 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10602 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10604 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10605 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10606 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10607 are loaded and unloaded.
10609 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10610 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10611 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10612 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10613 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10614 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10616 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10617 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10618 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10619 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10621 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10622 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10624 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10625 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10626 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10629 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10632 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10634 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10635 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10637 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10638 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10641 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10644 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10646 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10647 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10649 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10650 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10654 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10655 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10656 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10658 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10659 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10661 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10662 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10663 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10664 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10665 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10666 (did not match the data address). */
10667 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10668 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10675 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10677 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10679 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10682 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10683 hardware watchpoints. */
10686 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10688 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10689 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10691 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10694 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10695 hardware watchpoints. */
10698 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10700 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10701 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10704 static enum print_stop_action
10705 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10707 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10708 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10709 enum print_stop_action result
;
10710 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10711 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10713 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10715 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10716 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10718 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
10720 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10721 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10727 case bp_watchpoint
:
10728 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10729 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10730 uiout
->field_string
10731 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10733 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10734 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10735 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10736 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10737 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10738 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10739 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10740 uiout
->text ("\n");
10741 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10742 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10745 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10746 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10747 uiout
->field_string
10748 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10750 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10751 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10752 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10753 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10754 uiout
->text ("\n");
10755 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10758 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10759 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10761 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10762 uiout
->field_string
10764 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10766 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10767 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10768 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10769 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10770 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10775 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10776 uiout
->field_string
10778 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10779 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10780 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10782 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10783 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10784 uiout
->text ("\n");
10785 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10788 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10791 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10795 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10799 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10801 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10802 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10803 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10807 case bp_watchpoint
:
10808 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10809 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10811 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10812 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10813 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10815 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10816 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10817 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10819 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10820 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10821 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10824 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10825 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10828 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10829 uiout
->text (": ");
10830 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10831 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10834 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10838 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10840 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10844 case bp_watchpoint
:
10845 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10846 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10848 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10849 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10851 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10852 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10855 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10856 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10859 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10860 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10863 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10867 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10869 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10870 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10871 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10877 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10879 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10881 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10882 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10885 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10887 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10889 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10890 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10893 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10894 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10897 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10899 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10901 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10902 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10905 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10906 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10909 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10911 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10913 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10916 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10917 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10920 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10925 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10926 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10928 static enum print_stop_action
10929 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10931 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10932 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10934 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10935 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10937 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10938 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10942 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10943 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10944 uiout
->field_string
10945 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10948 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10949 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10950 uiout
->field_string
10951 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10954 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10955 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10956 uiout
->field_string
10958 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10961 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10962 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10966 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10967 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10968 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10969 uiout
->text ("\n");
10971 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10972 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10975 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10976 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10979 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10980 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10982 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10984 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10985 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10987 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10988 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10989 uiout
->text ("\n");
10992 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10993 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10996 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10998 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10999 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11000 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11004 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11005 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11006 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11008 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11009 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11010 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11012 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11013 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11014 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11017 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11018 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11021 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
11022 uiout
->text (": ");
11023 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
11024 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11027 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11028 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11031 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11033 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11038 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11039 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11041 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11042 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11044 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11045 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11048 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11049 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11052 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11053 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11054 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11057 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11059 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11061 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11064 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11066 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11069 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11070 hw_read: watch read,
11071 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11073 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11074 int just_location
, int internal
)
11076 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11077 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11078 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11079 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11080 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11081 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11082 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11083 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11085 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11086 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11087 enum bptype bp_type
;
11090 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11091 the hardware watchpoint. */
11093 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11094 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11096 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11098 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11099 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11101 const char *value_start
;
11103 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11105 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11106 of the arguments string. */
11107 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11109 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11110 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11113 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11114 This is the value of the parameter. */
11115 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11117 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11119 /* Skip whitespace. */
11120 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11125 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11126 This is the parameter itself. */
11127 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11130 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11132 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11134 struct thread_info
*thr
;
11135 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11136 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11137 only in a specific thread. */
11141 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11143 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11144 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
11146 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11147 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11148 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
11150 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
11152 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11154 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11155 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11157 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11160 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11162 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11164 mark
= value_mark ();
11165 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11166 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11167 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11170 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11173 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11174 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11181 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11182 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11184 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11185 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11186 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11187 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11188 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11190 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11191 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11193 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11196 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11197 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
11201 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11202 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11204 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11207 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11208 mark
= value_mark ();
11209 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11211 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11213 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11214 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11221 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11222 val
= value_addr (result
);
11223 release_value (val
);
11224 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11228 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11231 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11232 else if (ret
== -2)
11233 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11236 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11237 release_value (val
);
11239 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11240 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11242 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11243 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11245 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11246 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11247 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11249 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11250 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11251 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11256 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11258 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11260 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11261 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11262 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11263 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11264 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11266 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11269 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11270 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11271 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11272 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11274 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11276 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11277 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11279 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11280 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11282 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11283 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11284 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11285 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11286 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11287 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11288 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11289 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11290 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11294 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11295 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11296 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11297 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11299 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11300 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11301 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11302 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11304 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11306 w
= new watchpoint ();
11309 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11310 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11312 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11313 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11314 b
->thread
= thread
;
11315 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11316 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11317 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
11318 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11319 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11322 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11323 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11325 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11327 std::string name
= type_to_string (t
);
11329 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
.c_str (),
11330 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11332 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11333 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11335 /* The above expression is in C. */
11336 b
->language
= language_c
;
11339 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11343 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11348 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11349 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11354 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11356 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11360 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11361 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11365 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11366 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11369 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11371 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11372 need to act on them together. */
11373 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11374 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11377 if (!just_location
)
11378 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11382 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11383 that should be inserted. */
11384 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11386 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11388 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11389 throw_exception (e
);
11393 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11394 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11397 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11398 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11401 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11403 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11404 struct value
*head
= v
;
11406 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11407 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11410 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11411 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11412 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11413 hardware watchpoint.
11415 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11416 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11417 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11418 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11419 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11420 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11421 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11422 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11423 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11425 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11426 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11427 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11428 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11429 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11431 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11433 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11434 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11435 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11436 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11437 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11438 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11442 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11443 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11444 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11446 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11447 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11448 middle of some value chain. */
11450 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11451 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11453 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11457 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11458 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11459 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11461 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11465 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11469 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11470 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11471 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11472 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11473 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11476 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11477 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11478 return found_memory_cnt
;
11482 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11484 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11487 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11488 calls watch_command_1. */
11491 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11493 int just_location
= 0;
11496 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11497 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11499 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11503 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11507 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11509 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11513 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11515 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11519 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11521 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11525 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11527 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11531 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11533 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11537 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11538 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11541 struct until_break_fsm
11543 /* The base class. */
11544 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11546 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11549 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11550 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11552 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11554 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11557 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11558 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11559 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11560 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11561 static enum async_reply_reason
11562 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11564 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11566 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11569 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11570 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11571 NULL
, /* return_value */
11572 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11575 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11577 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11578 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11579 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11580 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11582 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11584 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11585 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11587 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11588 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11589 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11594 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11595 until(location)/advance commands. */
11598 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11599 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11601 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11603 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11604 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11605 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11606 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11607 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11608 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11613 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11614 until(location)/advance commands. */
11617 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11618 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11620 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11622 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11623 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11625 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11626 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11628 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11630 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11631 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11633 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11636 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11637 until(location)/advance commands. */
11639 static enum async_reply_reason
11640 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11642 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11646 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11648 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11649 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11650 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11651 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11652 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11653 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11654 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11655 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11656 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11658 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11659 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11661 clear_proceed_status (0);
11663 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11666 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11668 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11669 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11670 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11671 get_last_displayed_line ());
11673 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11674 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11676 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11677 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11679 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11680 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11683 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11685 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11687 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11688 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11690 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11692 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11693 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11694 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11697 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11698 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11699 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11700 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11702 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11705 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11707 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11708 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11710 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11711 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11712 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11713 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11717 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11719 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11720 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11723 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11727 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11728 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11729 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11730 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11732 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11733 only at the very same frame. */
11734 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11735 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11736 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11738 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11739 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11740 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11742 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11744 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11747 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11748 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11750 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11751 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11752 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11753 if clause in the arg string. */
11756 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11758 const char *cond_string
;
11760 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11763 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11766 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11767 condition string. */
11768 *arg
= skip_spaces_const (*arg
);
11769 cond_string
= *arg
;
11771 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11773 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11775 return cond_string
;
11778 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11779 process start/exit, etc. */
11783 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11784 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11789 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11790 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11792 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11793 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11794 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11795 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11798 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11799 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11800 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11804 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11806 /* The allowed syntax is:
11808 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11810 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11811 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11813 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11814 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11816 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11817 and enable reporting of such events. */
11820 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11821 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11822 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11823 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11825 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11826 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11827 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11828 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11831 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11837 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg_entry
, int from_tty
,
11838 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11840 const char *arg
= arg_entry
;
11841 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11842 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11844 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11846 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11850 arg
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11852 /* The allowed syntax is:
11854 catch exec if <cond>
11856 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11857 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11859 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11860 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11862 c
= new exec_catchpoint ();
11863 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11864 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11865 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11867 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11871 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11872 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11873 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11875 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11882 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11884 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11886 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11887 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11888 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11889 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11890 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11891 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11892 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11893 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11894 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11895 enough for now, though. */
11898 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11900 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11901 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11903 = string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11904 language_def (language_ada
)).release ();
11905 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11909 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11911 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11916 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11918 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11921 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11924 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11926 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11927 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11928 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11929 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11931 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11933 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11936 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11940 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11943 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11946 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11948 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11949 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11952 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11953 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11955 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11959 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11960 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11961 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11962 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11967 sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
11968 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11969 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11971 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11972 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11973 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11974 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11975 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11976 error (_("No source file specified."));
11978 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11984 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11985 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11986 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11987 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11989 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11990 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11991 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11992 due to optimization, all in one block.
11994 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11995 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11996 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11997 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11998 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11999 to support that. */
12001 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12002 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12003 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12007 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12008 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12010 const char *sal_fullname
;
12012 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12013 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12014 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12017 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12022 1 0 <can't happen> */
12024 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12025 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12026 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12028 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12029 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12032 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12033 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12035 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12036 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12038 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12039 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12040 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12042 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12043 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12044 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12045 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12046 int line_match
= 0;
12048 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12049 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12050 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12051 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12052 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12053 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12054 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12057 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12066 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12070 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12071 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12074 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12076 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12079 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12080 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12081 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12082 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12083 compare_breakpoints
);
12084 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12085 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12089 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12094 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12095 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12098 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12099 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12101 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12104 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12107 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12108 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12111 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12113 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12116 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12117 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12118 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12121 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12123 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12125 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12126 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12127 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12129 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12131 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12133 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12134 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12138 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12139 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12140 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12141 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12142 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12143 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12146 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12148 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
12149 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
12151 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12152 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12154 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12155 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12158 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12159 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12160 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12162 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12163 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12164 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12166 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12167 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12168 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12170 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12171 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12172 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12174 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12177 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12178 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12179 content of the bp_location array. */
12182 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12184 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12186 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12187 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12189 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12191 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12193 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12196 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12197 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12199 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12200 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12201 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12202 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12204 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12206 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12207 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12208 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12209 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12213 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12216 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12218 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12219 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12220 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12222 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12224 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12226 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12227 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12228 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12230 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12231 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12232 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12235 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12237 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12238 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12240 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12243 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12246 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12248 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12249 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12250 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12251 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12254 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12256 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12259 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12261 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12262 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12263 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12264 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12267 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12270 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12273 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12275 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12276 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12277 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12278 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12280 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12281 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12282 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12283 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12284 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12286 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12287 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12288 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12289 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12290 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12291 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12292 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12293 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12296 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12297 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12298 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12302 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12304 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12305 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12306 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12309 address
= bl
->address
;
12310 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12312 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12313 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12314 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12316 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12317 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12320 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12321 the same program space as the location
12322 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12323 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12324 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12328 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12329 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12332 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12333 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12334 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12335 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12336 that have already been marked. */
12337 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12339 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12341 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
12344 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12345 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12346 locations are duplicate of which.
12348 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12349 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12353 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12355 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12356 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12357 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12358 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12359 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12360 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12361 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12363 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12364 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12365 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12366 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12367 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12369 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12370 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12371 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12372 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12374 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12375 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12376 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12377 unsigned old_location_count
;
12379 old_location
= bp_location
;
12380 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12381 bp_location
= NULL
;
12382 bp_location_count
= 0;
12383 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12385 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12386 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12387 bp_location_count
++;
12389 bp_location
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_location_count
);
12390 locp
= bp_location
;
12391 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12392 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12394 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12395 bp_location_compare
);
12397 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12399 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12400 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12401 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12402 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12403 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12406 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12407 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12409 locp
= bp_location
;
12410 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12413 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12414 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12416 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12417 not, we have to free it. */
12418 int found_object
= 0;
12419 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12420 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12423 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12424 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12425 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12426 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12430 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12431 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12434 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12435 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12436 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12438 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12439 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12440 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12442 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12443 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12446 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12450 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12451 have to go through updates again. */
12452 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12454 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12456 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12458 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12459 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12460 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12461 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12462 at certain location is not inserted. */
12464 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12466 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12469 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12471 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12472 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12473 keep_in_target
= 1;
12477 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12478 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12479 remove its target-side condition. */
12481 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12482 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12483 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12484 this one from the target. */
12486 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12487 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12490 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12491 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12494 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12496 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12498 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12499 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12500 supported, but the latter are. */
12501 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12503 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12504 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12507 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12508 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12510 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12511 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12513 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12514 keep_in_target
= 1;
12522 if (!keep_in_target
)
12524 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
12526 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12527 this location on the global list, and try to
12528 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12529 reason why we will succeed next time.
12531 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12532 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12533 only after calling us. */
12534 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12535 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12536 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12544 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12545 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12547 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12548 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12549 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12550 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12551 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12552 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12553 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12554 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12555 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12556 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12557 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12558 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12559 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12560 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12563 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12564 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12566 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12567 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12568 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12569 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12570 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12571 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12572 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12573 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12574 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12575 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12576 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12577 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12578 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12581 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12582 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12583 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12584 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12586 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12587 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12588 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12589 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12590 traps we can no longer explain. */
12592 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12593 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12595 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12599 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12600 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12605 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12606 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12607 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12608 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12609 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12610 are sorted first for the same address.
12612 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12613 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12615 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12616 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12617 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12618 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12619 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12621 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12623 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12626 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12627 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12628 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12629 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12630 `struct bp_location'. */
12631 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12633 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12634 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12638 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12639 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12640 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12641 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12642 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12643 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12645 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12647 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12648 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12649 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12651 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12652 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12654 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12656 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12657 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12658 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12664 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12665 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12666 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12668 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12669 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12671 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12672 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12675 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12677 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12678 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12681 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12682 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12683 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12684 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12685 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12687 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12691 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12692 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12694 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12698 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12700 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12703 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12704 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12706 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12707 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12713 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12718 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12720 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12726 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12729 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12733 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12734 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12736 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12737 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12738 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12742 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12744 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12746 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12748 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12752 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12756 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12758 struct value_print_options opts
;
12760 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12762 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12764 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12766 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12767 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12768 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12769 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12771 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12772 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12774 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12776 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12777 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12782 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12783 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12789 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12791 printf_filtered (" at ");
12792 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12795 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12797 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12799 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12800 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12801 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12802 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12804 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12805 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12806 real situation somewhat. */
12807 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12808 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12813 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12815 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12817 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12822 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12825 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12827 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12830 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12835 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12839 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12841 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12842 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12843 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12844 xfree (self
->filter
);
12845 delete_event_location (self
->location
);
12846 delete_event_location (self
->location_range_end
);
12849 static struct bp_location
*
12850 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12852 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12854 loc
= new struct bp_location ();
12855 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12860 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12862 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12865 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12866 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12869 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12871 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12875 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12876 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12878 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12882 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12883 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12885 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12887 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12891 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12896 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12900 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12902 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12905 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12909 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12911 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12914 static enum print_stop_action
12915 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12917 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12921 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12922 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12928 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12930 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12934 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12936 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12940 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12941 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12942 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12943 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12945 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12949 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12950 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12952 char *extra_string
,
12953 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12954 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12956 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12957 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12958 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12959 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12961 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12965 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12966 const struct event_location
*location
,
12967 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
12968 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12970 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12973 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12976 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12981 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12984 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12986 /* Nothing to do. */
12989 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12991 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12992 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12993 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12994 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12995 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12996 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12997 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12998 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12999 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13000 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13002 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13003 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13004 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13005 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
13006 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13007 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
13008 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13009 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13012 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13015 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13017 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13018 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
13020 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
13021 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13025 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13029 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13031 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
13033 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
13034 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
13036 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13037 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13039 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13043 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13045 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13046 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13048 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
13052 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13053 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13054 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13056 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13057 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13060 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13064 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13065 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13066 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13073 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13074 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13075 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13077 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13078 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13080 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13081 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13082 be set at the same address. */
13086 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13090 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13092 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13097 static enum print_stop_action
13098 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13100 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13101 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13103 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13105 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13107 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13108 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13110 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13111 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13112 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13115 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13116 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
13119 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
13121 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
13122 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13124 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
13125 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13126 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13128 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
13129 uiout
->text (", ");
13131 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13135 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13137 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13142 case bp_breakpoint
:
13143 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13144 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13145 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13147 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13148 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13149 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13150 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13152 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13153 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13156 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13164 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13166 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13167 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13168 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13169 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13170 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13171 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13172 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13173 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13174 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13176 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13177 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13179 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13180 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
));
13182 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13183 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13184 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13185 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13187 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13191 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13192 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13193 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13195 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13199 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13200 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13202 char *extra_string
,
13203 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13204 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13206 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13207 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13208 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13209 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13211 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13212 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13214 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13215 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13216 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13220 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13221 const struct event_location
*location
,
13222 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13223 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13225 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13228 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13231 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13235 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13236 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13237 case bp_overlay_event
:
13238 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13239 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13240 case bp_exception_master
:
13241 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13244 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13245 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13246 case bp_shlib_event
:
13248 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13249 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13250 case bp_thread_event
:
13256 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13258 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13260 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13261 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13262 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13263 objects (among other things). */
13264 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13265 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13271 static enum print_stop_action
13272 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13274 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13276 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13280 case bp_shlib_event
:
13281 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13282 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13283 to shlib event" message.) */
13284 print_solib_event (0);
13287 case bp_thread_event
:
13288 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13289 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13290 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13293 case bp_overlay_event
:
13294 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13295 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13298 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13299 /* These should never be enabled. */
13300 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13303 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13304 /* These should never be enabled. */
13305 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13306 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13309 case bp_exception_master
:
13310 /* These should never be enabled. */
13311 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13312 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13316 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13320 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13322 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13325 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13328 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13330 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13331 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13332 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13333 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13337 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13339 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13342 static enum print_stop_action
13343 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13345 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13349 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13351 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13354 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13356 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13357 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13360 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13362 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (self
->thread
);
13365 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13367 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13370 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13373 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13375 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13379 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13381 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13382 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13391 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
13392 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13394 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13395 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13396 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13400 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
13404 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13405 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13406 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13408 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13410 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13411 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13412 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13416 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13417 const struct event_location
*location
,
13418 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13419 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13421 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13423 error (_("probe not found"));
13426 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13429 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13431 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13435 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13436 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13437 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13439 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13445 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13446 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13448 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13449 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13451 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13453 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
13454 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13455 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13456 uiout
->text ("\n");
13461 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13463 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13468 case bp_tracepoint
:
13469 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13470 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13472 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13473 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13474 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13476 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13477 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13478 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13481 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13482 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13489 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13491 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13493 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13494 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13495 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13496 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13497 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13498 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13500 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13501 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13503 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13504 event_location_to_string (self
->location
));
13505 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13507 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13508 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13512 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13513 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13514 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13516 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13520 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13521 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13523 char *extra_string
,
13524 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13525 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13527 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13528 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13529 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13530 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13532 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13533 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13535 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13536 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13537 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13541 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13542 const struct event_location
*location
,
13543 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13544 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13546 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13549 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13551 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13555 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13556 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13557 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13558 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13560 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13561 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13565 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13566 const struct event_location
*location
,
13567 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13568 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13570 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13571 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13574 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13576 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13579 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13581 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13583 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13584 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13586 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13587 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13588 3 - disconnect from target 1
13589 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13591 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13592 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13593 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13594 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13595 it all the time. */
13596 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13597 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13600 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13603 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13605 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13606 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
),
13608 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13611 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13614 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13615 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13616 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13617 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13618 address are all handled. */
13621 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13623 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13624 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13625 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13627 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13628 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13629 condition not be evaluated. */
13632 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13633 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13634 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13635 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13636 commands here throws. */
13637 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13638 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13639 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13641 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13643 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13644 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13646 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13649 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13653 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13654 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13655 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13657 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13658 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13660 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13662 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13663 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13665 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13666 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13667 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
).release ();
13668 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13670 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13671 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13675 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13676 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13678 char *extra_string
,
13679 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13680 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13682 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13683 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13684 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13685 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13688 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13689 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13691 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13692 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13693 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13694 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13695 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13696 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13698 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13700 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13701 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13702 event_location_up location
;
13704 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13705 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13707 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
);
13709 tp
= new tracepoint ();
13710 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13711 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13712 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13713 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13714 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13715 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13716 canonical
->special_display
);
13717 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13718 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13719 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13720 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13721 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13722 corresponds to this one */
13723 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13725 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13730 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13731 const struct event_location
*location
,
13732 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13733 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13735 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13736 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13738 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13739 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13741 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13745 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13748 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13751 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13753 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13756 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13760 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13762 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13764 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13766 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13767 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13770 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13771 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13772 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13773 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13774 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13777 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13778 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13779 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13780 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13782 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13785 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13786 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13787 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13789 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13790 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13792 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13793 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13794 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13795 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13799 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13801 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13802 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13803 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13804 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13805 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13808 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13809 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13810 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13811 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13813 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13815 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13816 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13818 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13819 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13821 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13825 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13827 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13828 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13829 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13830 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13831 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13832 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13833 commands won't work. */
13835 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13837 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13838 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13839 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13840 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13841 might be better design to have location completely
13842 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13843 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13845 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13846 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13847 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13848 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13853 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13855 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13859 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13861 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13864 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13865 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13868 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13869 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13873 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13878 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13880 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13881 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13883 if (next
== related
)
13885 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13886 function (related
, data
);
13888 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13889 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13894 function (related
, data
);
13898 while (related
!= b
);
13902 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13904 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13907 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13908 delete_breakpoint. */
13911 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13913 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13917 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13919 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13925 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13927 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13928 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13929 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13931 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13933 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13937 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13939 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13941 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13942 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13943 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13947 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13950 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13951 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13955 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13957 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13959 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13960 if ((pspace
== NULL
13961 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13962 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13963 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13968 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13969 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13970 Null names are ignored. */
13973 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13975 struct bp_location
*l
;
13976 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13977 (int (*) (const void *,
13978 const void *)) streq
,
13979 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13981 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13984 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13986 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13990 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13992 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13996 htab_delete (htab
);
14002 htab_delete (htab
);
14006 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14007 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14008 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14009 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14010 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14011 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14012 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14013 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14016 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14017 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14018 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14019 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14020 in the sources, and output a warning.
14022 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14023 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14024 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14025 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14026 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14029 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14030 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14031 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14032 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14033 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14034 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14035 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14036 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14037 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14039 static struct symtab_and_line
14040 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14042 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14043 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14048 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14050 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14052 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14053 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14055 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14057 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14058 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14059 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14064 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14066 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14068 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14069 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14071 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14074 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14076 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14078 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14079 struct symbol
*sym
;
14080 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14081 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14082 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
14084 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14086 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14087 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14089 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14090 "found at previous line number"),
14091 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14095 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14097 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14098 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14099 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
14102 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14103 uiout
->text (" at ");
14105 uiout
->field_string ("file",
14106 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14109 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
14111 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14113 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
14116 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
14117 uiout
->text ("\n");
14119 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14120 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14122 delete_event_location (b
->location
);
14123 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14124 explicit_loc
.source_filename
14125 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14126 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
14127 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
14128 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
).release ();
14130 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14133 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14139 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14140 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14143 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14147 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14150 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14153 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14160 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14166 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
14167 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
14168 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
14170 static struct bp_location
*
14171 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
14173 struct bp_location head
;
14174 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
14175 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
14176 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
14178 if (pspace
== NULL
)
14189 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
14204 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
14205 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
14206 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
14207 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
14211 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14212 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
14213 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14214 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14217 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
14219 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14221 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14223 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14224 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14225 "multiple locations found\n"),
14230 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14231 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14232 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14233 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14234 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14235 individual locations. */
14236 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14239 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
14241 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14243 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14245 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14247 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14249 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14251 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14255 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14258 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14259 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14262 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14264 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14265 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14266 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14267 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14272 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14274 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14276 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14280 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14283 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14284 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14285 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14286 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14287 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14288 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14289 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14291 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14293 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14295 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14296 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14298 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14299 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14307 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14308 if (l
->function_name
14309 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14319 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14320 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14323 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14324 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14326 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14327 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14328 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
14330 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14331 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14333 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14337 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, &sals
);
14339 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14341 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14345 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14346 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14347 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14348 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14349 state, then user already saw the message about that
14350 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14352 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14353 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14355 && search_pspace
!= NULL
14356 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
14357 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14358 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14359 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14360 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14362 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14364 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14365 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14366 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14367 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14368 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14369 which approach is better. */
14370 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14371 throw_exception (e
);
14376 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14380 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14381 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14382 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14384 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14387 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14388 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14390 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14392 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14393 b
->thread
= thread
;
14397 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14398 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14400 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14403 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14404 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14414 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14415 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14419 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14422 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14423 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14424 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14425 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
14427 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
, filter_pspace
, &found
);
14430 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14434 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14436 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
,
14437 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14440 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14441 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14445 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14448 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14449 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14452 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14453 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14454 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14456 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14459 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14460 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14464 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14465 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14467 char *extra_string
,
14468 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14469 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14471 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14472 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14473 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14474 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14476 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14478 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14479 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14480 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14483 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14484 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14487 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14488 const struct event_location
*location
,
14489 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
14490 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14492 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14494 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14495 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14496 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14497 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14500 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14501 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14503 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14505 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14507 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14508 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14509 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14511 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14514 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14517 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14519 static struct cleanup
*
14520 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14522 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14523 set_language (b
->language
);
14525 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
14528 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14529 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14530 Unused in this case. */
14533 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14535 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14536 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14537 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14539 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14540 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14541 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14545 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14546 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14549 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14551 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14552 enum language save_language
;
14553 int save_input_radix
;
14554 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14556 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14557 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14558 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14560 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14561 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14562 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14563 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14565 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14567 /* Format possible error msg. */
14568 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14570 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14571 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14572 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14574 set_language (save_language
);
14575 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14577 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14579 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14581 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14582 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14583 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14584 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14586 /* Now we can insert. */
14587 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14590 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14592 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14593 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14595 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14597 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14599 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14600 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14602 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14603 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14604 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14606 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14610 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14611 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14612 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14615 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14617 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14622 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14623 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14625 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14627 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14628 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14633 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14637 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14638 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14640 else if (count
== 1)
14641 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14644 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14645 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14648 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14652 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14655 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14658 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14664 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14666 num
= get_number (&p
);
14668 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14670 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14672 set_ignore_count (num
,
14673 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14676 printf_filtered ("\n");
14679 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14680 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14683 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14684 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14689 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14691 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14692 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14694 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14696 while (!parser
.finished ())
14698 const char *p
= parser
.cur_tok ();
14699 bool match
= false;
14701 num
= parser
.get_number ();
14704 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14708 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14709 if (b
->number
== num
)
14712 function (b
, data
);
14716 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14721 static struct bp_location
*
14722 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14724 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14728 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14729 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14734 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14736 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14738 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14739 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14744 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14745 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14748 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14750 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14754 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14757 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14763 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14764 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14765 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14768 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14770 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14771 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14772 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14773 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14776 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14778 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14779 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14781 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14782 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14784 struct bp_location
*location
;
14786 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14787 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14790 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14792 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14795 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14798 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14800 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14803 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14804 disable_breakpoint. */
14807 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14809 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14813 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14817 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14819 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14820 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14821 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14825 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14829 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14831 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14838 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14840 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14841 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14842 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14843 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14845 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14848 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14849 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14855 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14858 int target_resources_ok
;
14860 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14863 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14864 target_resources_ok
=
14865 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14867 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14868 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14869 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14870 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14873 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14875 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14876 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14880 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14882 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14883 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14884 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14886 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14888 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14889 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14896 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14898 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14899 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14901 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14902 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14904 struct bp_location
*location
;
14906 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14907 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14910 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14911 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14912 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14914 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14919 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14921 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14925 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14927 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14930 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14931 enable_breakpoint. */
14934 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14936 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14939 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14940 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14941 in stopping the inferior. */
14944 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14948 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14950 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14951 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14952 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14956 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14960 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14962 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14969 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14971 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14972 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14973 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14974 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14976 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14979 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14980 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14985 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14995 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14997 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14999 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
15003 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15005 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
15007 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15011 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15013 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15017 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15019 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15021 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15025 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15030 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
15032 count
= get_number (&args
);
15034 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15038 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15040 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15042 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15046 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15048 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15052 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15057 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15061 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15062 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15066 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15067 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15068 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15070 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15072 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15073 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15074 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15076 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15078 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15080 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15082 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15083 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15084 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15085 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15087 value_free (wp
->val
);
15095 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15098 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15099 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15102 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15103 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15104 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15106 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15108 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15109 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
15112 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15114 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15115 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15116 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15118 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15121 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
15124 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
15126 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
15127 VEC (CORE_ADDR
) * next_pcs
;
15129 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
15131 if (next_pcs
!= NULL
)
15135 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
15136 struct address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
15138 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (CORE_ADDR
, next_pcs
, i
, pc
); i
++)
15139 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
15141 VEC_free (CORE_ADDR
, next_pcs
);
15149 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15152 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15153 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15156 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15158 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15160 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15166 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15170 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15173 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15175 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15177 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15178 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15184 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15186 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15188 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15190 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15191 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15195 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15197 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15199 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
15201 if (location
!= NULL
15202 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
15203 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15205 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15207 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15209 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15211 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15212 0 /* Ignore count */,
15213 pending_break_support
,
15217 0 /* internal */, 0);
15221 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15223 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
15225 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15227 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15229 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15230 0 /* Ignore count */,
15231 pending_break_support
,
15232 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15235 0 /* internal */, 0);
15238 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15241 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15243 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15244 event_location_up location
;
15245 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15247 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15248 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15249 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15251 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15252 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15256 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15257 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15260 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15262 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15264 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15265 0 /* Ignore count */,
15266 pending_break_support
,
15270 0 /* internal */, 0);
15273 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15274 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15276 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15277 static int next_cmd
;
15280 read_uploaded_action (void)
15284 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15291 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15292 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15293 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15294 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15295 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15297 struct tracepoint
*
15298 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15300 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15301 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15303 if (utp
->at_string
)
15304 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15307 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15308 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15309 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15311 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15312 "source location, using raw address"),
15314 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15315 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15318 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15319 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15320 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15321 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15324 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
15326 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15328 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15329 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15331 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15332 0 /* Ignore count */,
15333 pending_break_support
,
15334 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15336 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15338 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15341 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15342 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15343 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15347 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15350 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15353 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15354 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15355 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15357 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15359 command_line_up cmd_list
;
15364 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15366 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, std::move (cmd_list
));
15368 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15369 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15370 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15371 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15374 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15375 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15376 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15381 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15385 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15387 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15390 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15392 if (num_printed
== 0)
15394 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15395 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
15397 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15400 default_collect_info ();
15403 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15404 Not supported by all targets. */
15406 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15408 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15411 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15412 Not supported by all targets. */
15414 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15416 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15419 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15421 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15423 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15429 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15431 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15432 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15433 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15435 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15436 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15438 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15442 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15444 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15446 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15447 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15448 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15452 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15455 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15458 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15460 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15461 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15463 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15464 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15467 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15469 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15470 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15471 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15474 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15476 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15477 unsigned int count
;
15479 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15480 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15481 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15483 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15485 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15486 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15488 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15490 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15492 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15494 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15496 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15497 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15500 else if (*args
== '\0')
15502 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15504 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15508 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
15509 while (!parser
.finished ())
15511 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
15513 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15518 struct tracepoint
*
15519 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15521 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15523 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15524 if (t
->number
== num
)
15525 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15530 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15531 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15534 struct tracepoint
*
15535 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15537 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15539 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15541 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15543 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15550 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15551 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15552 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15553 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15555 struct tracepoint
*
15556 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15557 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
15559 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15561 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15563 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15565 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15566 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15568 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15569 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15571 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15575 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15576 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15579 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15583 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15584 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15586 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15589 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15594 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15596 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15597 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15600 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15602 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15605 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15606 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15607 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15611 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15612 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15614 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15616 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15617 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15619 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15620 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15622 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15623 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15625 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15626 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15629 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15630 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15635 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15637 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15639 /* We can stop searching. */
15646 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15650 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15651 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15655 if (!fp
.open (filename
, "w"))
15656 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15657 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15659 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15660 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15664 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15665 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15668 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15669 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15672 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15674 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15675 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15678 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15679 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15681 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15682 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15684 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15686 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15688 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15691 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15693 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15695 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15696 throw_exception (ex
);
15700 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15701 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15704 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15705 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15707 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15708 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15709 special, and not user visible. */
15710 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15712 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15715 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15717 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15721 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15722 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15725 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15726 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15729 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15732 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15734 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15737 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15740 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15742 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15745 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15747 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15748 all_tracepoints (void)
15750 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15751 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15753 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15755 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15762 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15763 locations used by several commands. */
15765 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15766 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15767 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15768 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15769 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15770 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15772 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15773 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15774 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15776 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15777 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15778 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15779 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15780 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15782 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15783 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15784 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15787 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15788 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15789 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15790 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15791 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15792 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15793 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15796 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15797 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15799 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15800 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15801 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15802 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15803 conditions are different.\n\
15805 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15807 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15808 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15810 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15811 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15814 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15815 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15816 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15817 void *user_data_catch
,
15818 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15820 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15822 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15824 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15825 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15826 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15828 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15830 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15831 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15832 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15836 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15838 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15839 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15840 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15843 struct breakpoint
*
15844 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15847 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15849 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15851 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15858 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15859 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15862 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15864 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15865 non-inline function. */
15866 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15872 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15873 have been inlined. */
15876 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15877 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15879 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15880 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15882 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15884 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15887 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15889 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15890 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15898 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15901 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15903 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15905 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15906 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15907 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15911 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15913 static int initialized
= 0;
15915 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15921 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15922 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15923 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15924 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15925 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15926 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15927 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15928 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15929 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15930 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15931 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15932 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15934 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15935 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15936 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15937 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15938 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15939 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15940 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15941 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15943 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15944 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15945 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15946 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15947 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15948 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15949 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15950 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15951 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15952 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15954 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15955 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15956 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15957 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15958 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15959 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15960 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15962 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15963 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15964 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15965 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15966 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15967 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15968 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15970 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15971 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15972 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15973 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15975 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15976 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15977 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15978 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15979 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15980 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15981 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15984 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15985 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15986 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15987 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15988 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15989 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15990 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15991 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15992 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15993 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15994 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15995 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15996 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15997 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15999 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16000 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16001 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16002 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16003 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16004 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16005 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16006 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16007 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16008 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16009 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16012 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16013 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16014 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16015 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16016 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16017 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16018 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16019 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
16020 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16021 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
16023 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16024 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16025 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16026 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
16027 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
16029 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16030 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16031 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16032 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
16033 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16034 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
16036 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16037 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16038 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16039 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16040 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16041 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16042 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16043 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16044 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16045 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16047 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16048 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16049 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16050 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16051 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16052 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16053 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16054 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16055 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16056 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16058 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16059 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16060 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16061 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16062 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16063 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16064 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16065 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16066 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16067 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16068 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16070 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16071 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16072 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16073 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16074 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16075 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16076 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16077 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16078 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16079 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16080 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16081 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16083 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16084 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16085 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16086 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16087 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16088 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16089 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16090 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16091 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16094 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16096 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16099 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16101 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16103 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16105 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16106 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16107 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16109 breakpoint_objfile_key
16110 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16112 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16113 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16114 before a breakpoint is set. */
16115 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16117 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16119 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16120 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16121 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16123 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16124 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
16125 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16126 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
16128 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16129 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16130 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16131 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16132 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16134 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16135 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16136 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16137 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16138 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16140 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16141 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16142 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16143 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16144 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16146 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16147 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16149 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16150 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16151 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16152 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16154 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16155 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16157 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16158 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16159 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16160 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16162 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16163 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16165 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16166 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16167 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16168 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16169 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16170 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16171 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16173 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16175 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16176 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16177 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16178 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16179 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16180 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16182 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16183 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16184 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16187 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16188 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16189 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16192 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16193 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16194 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16195 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16198 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16199 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16200 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16203 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16204 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16205 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16208 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16209 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16210 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16211 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16214 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16215 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16216 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16217 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16218 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16219 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16220 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16221 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16223 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16224 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16225 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16226 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16227 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16228 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16231 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16232 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16233 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16234 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16236 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16237 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16238 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16239 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16240 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16242 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16243 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16244 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16245 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16246 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16249 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16250 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16251 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16253 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16254 is executing in.\n"
16255 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16256 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16257 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16259 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16260 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16261 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16262 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16264 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16265 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16266 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16267 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16271 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16272 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16273 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16274 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16275 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16276 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16277 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16278 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16279 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16280 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16281 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16282 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16283 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16284 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16285 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16286 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16288 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16289 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16290 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16291 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16292 breakpoint set."));
16295 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16296 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16297 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16298 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16299 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16300 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16301 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16302 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16303 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16305 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16306 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16307 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16308 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16309 breakpoint set."));
16311 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16313 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16314 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16315 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16316 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16317 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16318 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16319 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16320 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16321 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16322 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16323 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16324 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16325 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16327 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16328 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16329 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16330 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16332 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16334 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16335 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16336 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16337 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16339 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16340 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16341 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16342 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16344 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16345 catch_fork_command_1
,
16347 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16348 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16349 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16350 catch_fork_command_1
,
16352 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16353 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16354 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16355 catch_exec_command_1
,
16359 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16360 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16361 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16362 catch_load_command_1
,
16366 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16367 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16368 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16369 catch_unload_command_1
,
16374 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16375 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16376 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16377 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16378 an expression changes.\n\
16379 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16380 the memory to which it refers."));
16381 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16383 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16384 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16385 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16386 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16387 an expression is read.\n\
16388 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16389 the memory to which it refers."));
16390 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16392 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16393 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16394 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16395 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16396 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16397 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16398 the memory to which it refers."));
16399 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16401 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16402 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16404 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16405 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16406 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16407 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16408 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16409 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16410 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16411 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16412 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16415 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16416 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16418 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16420 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16422 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16423 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16425 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16426 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16427 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16429 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16430 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16431 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16432 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16434 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16435 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16437 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16438 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16439 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16441 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16442 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16444 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16445 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16446 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16447 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16448 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16449 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16450 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16451 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16452 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16454 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16455 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16456 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16457 conditions are different.\n\
16459 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16460 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16461 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16463 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16464 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16465 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16466 last tracepoint set."));
16468 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16470 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16471 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16472 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16473 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16475 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16477 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16478 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16479 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16480 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16482 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16484 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16485 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16486 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16487 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16489 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16491 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16492 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16493 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16494 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16495 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16497 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16498 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16499 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16500 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16502 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16503 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16504 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16505 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16506 session to restore them."),
16508 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16510 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16511 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16512 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16514 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16516 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16517 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16519 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16520 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16521 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16522 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16523 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16524 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16525 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16526 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16527 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16528 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16529 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16530 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16532 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16533 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16534 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16535 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16536 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16537 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16538 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16539 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16541 show_pending_break_support
,
16542 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16543 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16545 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16547 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16548 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16549 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16550 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16551 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16552 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16553 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16555 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16556 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16557 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16559 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16560 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16561 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16562 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16563 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16564 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16565 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16566 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16567 when execution stops."),
16569 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16570 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16571 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16573 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16574 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16575 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16576 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16577 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16578 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16579 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16580 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16581 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16582 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16583 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16584 be set to \"gdb\""),
16585 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16586 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16587 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16588 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16590 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16591 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16592 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16593 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16594 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16595 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16596 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16597 or the start of the range\n\
16598 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16599 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16600 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16602 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16603 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16604 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16606 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16607 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16608 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16609 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16610 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16611 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16613 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16614 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16615 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16616 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16617 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16618 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16619 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16620 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16621 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16622 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16623 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16624 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16626 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16627 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16628 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16629 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16630 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16631 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16632 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16634 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16635 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16636 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16637 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16638 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16639 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16640 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16642 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16643 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16644 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16645 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16646 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16647 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16650 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16652 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16653 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16654 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16656 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16658 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16659 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);